rather than pre- vent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials. • When cleaning lower door panels,.
manual. In order to minimize the chance of death or injury, you must read the DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual. Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to en-joy your vehicle. By reading your manual, you will learn about features, important safety information, and driv
manual, if you sell this HYUNDAI Vehicle, please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you. CAUTION. Severe engine and transaxle damage may ...
OWNER' S MANUAL
Operation Maintenance Specifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI
Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the Department of Transportation and other government agencies in your country.
7:2:$<5$',225&(//8/$5 TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted twoway radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
F3
Introduction
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE. These titles indicate the following:
DANGER DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
F4
FOREWORD
Thank you for choosing HYUNDAI Vehicle. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who drive HYUNDAI Vehicle. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI Vehicle we build is something of which we're very proud.
Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI Vehicle. It is suggested that you read it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.
HYUNDAI Motor India Limited also recommends that service and maintenance on your vehicle be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
HYUNDAI MOTOR INDIA LIMITED
Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this HYUNDAI Vehicle, please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.
CAUTION Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI Vehicle specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-5 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
Copyright 2020 HYUNDAI Motor India Limited. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor Company.
F5
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can assist you in many ways. We strongly recommend that you read the entire manual. In order to minimize the chance of death or injury, you must read the DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle. By reading your manual, you will learn about features, important safety information, and driving tips under various road conditions.
The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents. Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject; it has an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual.
Sections: This manual has eight chapters plus an index. Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want.
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner's Manual provides you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well as damage to your vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.
Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will be used.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. The safety alert symbol precedes the signal words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION.
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
F6
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
2GVTQN engine Unleaded Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an Octane Rating of RON (Research Octane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher. (Do not use methanol blended fuels)
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.
CAUTION
NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The use of leaded fuel is detrimental to the catalytic converter and will damage the engine control system's oxygen sensor and affect emission control. Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified (We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.)
WARNING
· Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling.
· Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.
Leaded (if equipped) For some countries, your vehicle is designed to use leaded 0ETROL.
When you are going to use leaded 0ETROL, we recommend that you ask an authorized HYUNDAI dealer whether leaded 0ETROL in your vehi-cle is available or not.
Octane Rating of leaded 0ETROL is same with unleaded one.
2GVTQN containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol, a mixture of 0ETROL and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol), and 0ETROL or gasohol containing methanol (also known as wood alco-hol) are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gaso-line.
Do not use gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol, and do not use 0ETROL or gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and dam-age to the fuel system, engine control system and eDmisicsosniotinnuceonutsroinlgsygsatseomh.ol of any kind if drivability problems occur.
Vehicle damage or driveability problems may not be covered by the manufacturer's warranty if they result from the use of:
1. Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.
2. 0ETROL or gasohol containing methanol.
3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
F7
Introduction
CAUTION
Never use gasohol which contains methanol. Discontinue use of any gasohol product which impairs drivability.
Other fuels Using fuels such as; - Silicone (Si) contained fuel, - MMT (Manganese, Mn) contained
fuel, - Ferrocene (Fe) contained fuel, and - Other metallic additives contained
fuels, may cause vehicle and engine damage or cause plugging, misfiring, poor acceleration, engine stalling, catalyst melting, abnormal corrosion, life cycle reduction, etc. Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use of these fuels may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Use of MTBE HYUNDAI recommends avoiding fuels containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle.
Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) may reduce vehicle performance and produce vapor lock or hard starting.
CAUTION
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any performance problems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol or fuels containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)
Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol (wood alcohol) should not be used in your vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and damage components of the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system.
F8
Fuel Additives HYUNDAI recommends that you use unleaded 0ETROL which has an Oc-tane Rating of RON (Research Oc-tane Number) 91 / AKI (AntiKnock Index) 87 or higher.
For customers who do not use good quality gasolines including fuel additives regularly, and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, one bottle of additives added to the fuel tank at every 10,000 km.
Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to:
· Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
· Determine that acceptable fuel is available.
Diesel engine
Diesel fuel
Diesel engine must be operated only on commercially available diesel fuel that complies with EN 590 or comparable standard. (EN stands for "European Norm"). Do not use marine diesel fuel, heating oils, or non-approved fuel additives, as this will increase wear and cause damage to the engine and fuel system. The use of non-approved fuels and / or fuel additives will result in a limitation of your warranty rights.
Diesel fuel of above cetane 51 is used in your vehicle. If two types of diesel fuel are available, use summer or winter fuel properly according to the following temperature conditions.
· Above - 5°C (23°F) ... Summer type diesel fuel.
· Below -5°C (23°F) ... Winter type diesel fuel.
Watch the fuel level in the tank very carefully : If the engine stops through fuel failure, the circuits must be completely purged to permit restarting.
NOTICE
Do not let any 2GVTQN or water enter the tank. This would make it necessary to drain it out and to bleed the lines to avoid jamming the injection pump and damaging the engine.
F9
Introduction
NOTICE
- Diesel Fuel (if equipped with DPF)
It is recommended to use the regulated automotive diesel fuel for diesel vehicle equipped with the DPF system.
If you use diesel fuel including high sulfur (more than 50 ppm sulfur) and unspecified additives, it can cause the DPF system to be damaged and white smoke can be emitted.
Biodiesel
Commercially supplied Diesel blends of no more than 7% biodiesel, commonly known as "B7 Diesel" may be used in your vehicle if Biodiesel meets EN 14214 or equivalent specifications. (EN stands for "European Norm"). The use of biofuels exceeding 7% made from rapeseed methyl ester (RME), fatty acid methyl ester (FAME), vegetable oil methyl ester (VME) etc. or mixing diesel exceeding 7% with biodiesel will cause increased wear or damage to the engine and fuel system. Repair or replacement of worn or damaged components due to the use of non approved fuels will not be covered by the manufactures warranty.
9(+,&/(%5($.,1352
CESS
No special break-in period is needed. By following a few simple precautions for the first 1,000 km (600 miles) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle:
· Do not race the engine.
· While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute) between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
· Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow.
Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
· Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.
· Don't tow a trailer during the first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) of operation.
NOTICE
· Never use any fuel, whether diesel, B7 biodiesel or otherwise, that fails to meet the latest petroleum industry specification.
· Never use any fuel additives or treatments that are not recommended or approved by the vehicle manufacturer.
F10
Table of contents
Maintenance record sheet
1
Hyundai warranty policy
2
Your vehicle at a glance
3
safety system of your vehicle
4
Convenient features of your vehicle
5
Multimedia system
6
Driving your vehicle
7
What to do in an emergency
8
Maintenance
9
Specifications & Consumer information
10
1. Maintenance Record Sheet
Maintenance Record Sheet................................................................................1-2
1
Maintenance Record Sheet
MAINTENANCE RECORD SHEET
1-2
Repair category - Free Ser./Paid Serv./Running Repair/AC Repair
Repair Date RO No.
Kms
Repair Cate- Details of Name of Ser- Ser. Adv. Tech. sign.
gory Repair done vicing dealer Sign.
01
MAINTENANCE RECORD SHEET
1-3
Repair category - Free Ser./Paid Serv./Running Repair/AC Repair
Repair Date RO No.
Kms
Repair Cate- Details of Name of Ser- Ser. Adv. Tech. sign. gory Repair done vicing dealer Sign.
2. Hyundai Warranty Policy
Hyundai New Vehicle Warranty ........................................................................2-2 Replacement Parts Warranty ............................................................................2-3
2
Hyundai Warranty Policy
HYUNDAI NEW VEHICLE WARRANTY
Hyundai Motor India Limited hereinafter called "HMIL", warrants that
each new Hyundai vehicle sold shall
be free from any defects in material
and workmanship, under normal use
and maintenance, subject to the following terms and conditions.
1. Warranty Period
This warranty shall exist for a period of 36 months from the date of delivery to the first purchaser irrespective of the mileage. However, warranty for hyundai vehicle being used for commercial purpose such as Taxi/Tourist operation is 36 months/100,000 kilometers from the date of delivery which soever is earlier. This warranty is transferable to subsequent owner for the remaining warranty period. This warranty is applicable only in In-dia and not transferable to any other country.
2. What is covered
Except as provided in paragraph 3 hereof, our Authorized Dealers shall either repair or replace, any Hyundai genuine part that is acknowledged by HMIL to be defective in material or workmanship within the warranty pe-riod stipulated above, at no cost to the owner of the Hyundai vehicle for parts or labour. Such defective parts which have been replaced will be-come the property of HMIL
3. What is not covered
This warranty shall not apply to:
Normal maintenance services other than the three free services, including without limitation, cleaning and polishing, minor adjustments, engine tuning, oil/fluid changes, filters replenishment, fastener retightening, wheel balancing, wheel alignment and tyre rotation etc.
Replacement of parts as a result of normal wear and tear such as spark plugs, belts, brake pads and linings, clutch disc/facing, filters, wiper blades, bulbs, fuses, etc.
Damage or failure resulting from :
Negligence of proper maintenance as required in this Owner's Manual and Service Booklet.
Misuse, abuse, accident, theft,flooding or fire.
Use of improper or insufficientfuel, fluids or lubricants.
Use of parts other than Hyundai Genuine Parts.
Any device and/or accessoriesnot supplied by HMIL.
Modifications, alterations, tampering or improper repair.
Parts used in applications ofwhich they were not designed or not approved by HMIL.
Slight irregularities not recognised as affecting quality orfunction of the vehicle or parts,such as slight noise or vibrations,or items consideredcharacteristic of the vehicle.
Airborne "fallout", Industrialfall out, acid rain, hail and windstorms, or other Acts of God.
2-2
02
Paint scratches, dents or similarpaint or body damage.
Action of road elements (sand,gravel, dust or road debris) which results in stone chipping of paint or glass.
Incidental or consequential damages, including without limitation, loss of time, inconvenience, loss of use of vehicle or commercial loss.
Audio, Video Navigation System, Batteries, Tyres & Tubes and Audio Systems, originally equipped on Hyundai vehicles are warranted directly by the respective manufacturers and not by HMIL.
This warranty is the entire warranty given by HMIL for Hyundai vehicles and no dealer or its or his agent or employee is authorized to extend or enlarge this warranty and no dealer or its or his agent or employee is authorized to make any oral warranty on HMIL's behalf.
HMIL reserves the right to make any change in design or make any improvement on the vehicle at any time without any obligation to make the same change on vehicles previously sold.
HMIL reserves the right for the final decision in all warranty matters.
Owner's Responsibilities Proper use, maintenance and care
of vehicle in accordance with the instructions contained in this Owner's Manual and Service Booklet. If the vehicle is subject to severe usage conditions, su-
such as operation in extremely dusty, rough, more repeated short distance driving or heavy city traffic during hot weather, maintenance of vehicle should be done more frequently as mentioned in this Owner's Manual and Service Booklet Retention of maintenance service records. It may be necessary for the customer to show that the required maintenance has been performed, as specified in this Owner's Manual and Service Booklet. Delivery of the vehicle during regular service business hours to any authorized Hyundai Dealer to obtain warranty service. In order to maintain the validity of this Basic Warranty, the vehicle must be serviced by Hyundai Authorized workshop in accordance to the Owner's Manual and Service Booklet.
PARTS REPLACEMENT WAR RANTY
Hyundai Motor India Limited hereinafter called "HMIL", warrants that each new Hyundai Genuine replacement part purchased from and installed by Hyundai Authorized Dealer shall be free from any defects in material or workmanship, unde normal use and maintenance, subject to the following terms and conditions
1. Warranty period This warranty shall exist for a period
of 6 months or until the vehicle has
2-3
Hyundai Warranty Policy
been driven for a distance of 10,000
Kilometers from the date of installation of replacement part by Hyundai
Authorized Dealer, whichever occurs
first.
2. What is covered
Our Authorized Dealers shall either repair or replace, any Hyundai genuine par listed in paragraph 3 hereof, that is acknowledged by HMIL to be defective in material or workmanship within the warranty period stipulated above, after examinations carried out to confirm that none of the origi al settings have been tampered with, at no cost to the owner of the Hyundai vehicle for parts or labour. Such defective parts which have been replaced will become the property of HMIL
What is not covered
This warranty shall not apply to: Normal maintenance services of
parts such as cleaning, adjustment or replacement (i.e. spark plugs that are oil fouled, lead fouled, or which fail due to the use of low grade fuel). Parts that fail due to abuse, misuse, neglect, alteration or accident or which have been improperly lubricated or repaired Parts used in applications forwhich they were not designed or approved by HMIL. Failure due to normal wear ofparts. Direct or indirect failures caused by misuse and improper mainte-
2-4
nance of vehicle.
Any vehicle on which the odometer reading has been altered so that mileage cannot be accurately determined.
Incidental or consequential damages, including without limitation, loss of time, inconvenience, loss of use of vehicle or commercial loss.
This warranty is the entire warranty given by HMIL for Hyundai replacement parts and no de aler or its or his agent or employee is authorized to extend or enlarge this warranty and no dealer or its or his agent or employee is authorized to make any oral warranty on HMIL's behalf. HMIL reserves the right for the final decision in all warranty matters.
Owner's Responsibility :
Proper use, maintenance and re of the vehicle in accordancewith the instructions contained in the Owner's Manual and Service Booklet.
Retention of maintenance service records. It may be necessary for the customer to show that the required maintenance has been performed, as specified in this Owner's Manual and Service Booklet.
Retention of the customer's copy of the original repair order and its invoice/bill against which the part was replaced.
Delivery of the vehicle during regular service business hours to the same Hyundai Authorized Dealer who had sold and installed the replacement part
In order to maintain the validity
of this Parts replacement Warranty, the vehicle must be serviced by Hyundai Authorized workshop in accordance to the Owner's Manual and Service Booklet.
HYUNDAI EXTENDED WARRANTY*
HMIL offers optional paid extended warranty on selected models, in ad-dition to the basic new vehicle war-ranty. For more details on Hyundai Extended Warranty please call the nearest dealer or our toll free number 1-800-11-4645.
*Conditions apply
02
Hyundai Warranty Policy ceding the test during which the failure is discovered, the test having been carried out either for obtaining a new certificate, or pursuant upon being directed by an officer as referred to in subrule (2) of Rule116 of the Central Motor Vehicles Rules.
2-8
3. Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview (I)............................................................................................ 3-2 Exterior overview (II) ..........................................................................................3-3
3 Interior overview.................................................................................................3-4
Instrument panel overview ................................................................................3-6 Engine compartment .........................................................................................3-8
Your vehicle at a glance
(;7(5,2529(59,(:,
Front view
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OQXI019001
1. Hood.....................................................................................................................5-26 2. Headlight/Daytime running light*..........................................................................9-74 3. Turn signal light....................................................................................................9-76 4. Fog light* ..............................................................................................................9-77 5. Tires and wheels .........................................................................................9-44, 10-4 6. Outside rearview mirror........................................................................................5-38 7. Front windshield wiper blades..............................................................................5-85 8. Windows...............................................................................................................5-21 * : if equipped
3-2
(;7(5,2529(59,(:,,
Rear view
03
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OQXI019002
1. Antenna ..................................................................................................................6-2 2. Doors....................................................................................................................5-13 (WGNNNGTFQQT ......................................................................................................5-32 4. Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) System......................................................5-90 5. High mounted stop light .......................................................................................9-80 6. Rear view monitor*...............................................................................................5-88 7. Rear window wiper blade*....................................................................................9-39 8. Tailgate.................................................................................................................5-19 9. Rear lamps ...........................................................................................................9-78
* : if equipped
3-3
Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OQXI019003
1. Door lock/unlock button........................................................................................5-14 2. Outside rearview mirror folding switch*................................................................5-39 3. Outside rearview mirror control switch* ...............................................................5-38 4. Central door lock switch .......................................................................................5-15 5. Power window switches .......................................................................................5-22 6. Power window lock switch....................................................................................5-24 7. Idle stop and go....................................................................................................7-42 8. Electronic Stability Control (ESC)* .......................................................................7-36 9. Instrument panel illumination control switch* .......................................................5-41 10. Headlight leveling device ...................................................................................5-81 (WGNNNGTFQQTQRGPGT ........................................................................................5-32 12. Fuse box.............................................................................................................9-56
3-4
03
13. Steering wheel....................................................................................................5-35 14. Clutch pedal....................................................................................................... 7-31 15. Brake pedal.........................................................................................................7-32 16. Accelerator pedal................................................................................................7
17. Hood release lever .............................................................................................5-26 18. Engine Start/Stop button ......................................................................................7-9
Key ignition switch................................................................................................7-5 * : if equipped
3-5
Your vehicle at a glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
Type A
Type B
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OQXI019004
1. Light control/Turn signals .....................................................................................5-78 2. Steering wheel audio controls*...............................................................................6-3 3. Instrument cluster.................................................................................................5-40 4. Horn......................................................................................................................5-36 5. Driver's front air bag.............................................................................................4-42 6. Wiper/Washer.......................................................................................................5-85 7. Cruise controls* / Trip mode switch* ................................................. 7-47, 5-69, 5-73 8. Manual transmission* ...........................................................................................7-18
Duel clutch transmission*.....................................................................................7-21 9. Power outlet .......................................................................................................5-119 10. USB charger* ...................................................................................................5-121 11. Manual climate control system...........................................................................5-94
3-6
03
12. Infotainment system*............................................................................................6-2 13. Hazard switch.......................................................................................................8-2 14. Passenger's front air bag ...................................................................................4-42 15. Glove box .........................................................................................................5-116 * KHGSWKRRGF
3-7
Your vehicle at a glance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
0ETROL Engine (1.2 MPI)
Petrol Engine (1.0 T-GDI)
The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OQXI079001/OQXI079100
1. Engine coolant reservoir ......................................................................................9-30 2. Radiator cap .........................................................................................................9-29 $TCMGENWVEJWKFTGUGTXQKT...................................................................................9-31 4. Air cleaner ............................................................................................................9-35 5. Engine oil dipstick ................................................................................................9-25 'PIKPGQKNNNGTECR ...............................................................................................9-25 9KPFUJKGNFYCUJGTWKFTGUGTXQKT ........................................................................9-32 8. Engine room junction block ..................................................................................9-57 9. Battery ..................................................................................................................9-40
3-8
Diesel Engine (1.4 WGT)
03
The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OQXI079002
1. Engine coolant reservoir ......................................................................................9-30 2. Radiator cap .........................................................................................................9-29 $TCMGENWVEJWKFTGUGTXQKT...................................................................................9-31 4. Air cleaner ............................................................................................................9-35 5. Engine oil dipstick ................................................................................................9-25 'PIKPGQKNNNGTECR ...............................................................................................9-25 9KPFUJKGNFYCUJGTWKFTGUGTXQKT ........................................................................9-32 8. Engine room junction block ..................................................................................9-57 9. Battery ..................................................................................................................9-40
3-9
4. Safety system of your vehicle
Seats ....................................................................................................................4-2 Front seats .......................................................................................................4-5 Rear seats........................................................................................................ 4-9
Seat belts........................................................................................................... 4-14 Pre-tensioner seat belt.................................................................................. 4-19
4 Additional seat belt safety precautions ....................................................... 4-21
Care of seat belts...........................................................................................4-23 Child restraint system.......................................................................................4-24
Using a child restraint system ......................................................................4-26 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) .................................................... 4-27 Air bag - supplemental restraint system (SRS)...............................................4-34 How does the air bag system operate ........................................................4-35 Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger's seat..................... 4-37 Air bag warning and indicator ......................................................................4-38 SRS components and functions...................................................................4-39 Driver's and passenger's front air bag ........................................................ 4-42 Side impact air bag ...................................................................................... 4-44 Curtain air bag .............................................................................................. 4-46 SRS Care.........................................................................................................4-52 Air bag warning label ................................................................................... 4-54
Safety system of your vehicle
SEATS
¼ Passenger's Side
¼ Driver's Side
The actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
Front seats 1. Forward and backward 2. Seatback angle 3. Seat cushion height* 4. Headrest
Rear seats 5. Headrest 6. Seatback folding 7. Armrest*
* : if equipped
OQXI039001
4-2
04
WARNING
Loose objects
Loose objects in the driver's foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, possibly causing an accident. Do not place anything under the front seats.
WARNING
Uprighting seat
When you return the seatback to its upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly and be sure there are no other occupants around the seat. If the seatback is returned without being held and controlled, the back of the seat could move forward or backward resulting in accidental injury to a person struck by the seatback.
WARNING
Driver responsibility for passengers
Riding in a vehicle with seatback reclined could lead to serious or fatal injury in an accident. If a seat is reclined during an accident, the occupant's hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt applying great force to the unprotected abdomen. The protection of your restraint system (seat belt and air bags) is great ly reduced by reclining your seat. Serious or fatal internal injuries could result. The driver must advise the passenger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehicle is in motion.
WARNING
Do not use a sitting cushion that reduces friction between the seat and passenger. The passenger's hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop. Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt can't operate normally.
WARNING
Driver's seat
· Never attempt to adjust seat while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death, serious injury, or property damage.
· Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback. Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision.
· Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap portion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips. This is the best position to protect you in case of an accident.
· In order to avoid unnecessary and perhaps severe air bag injuries, always sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while maintaining comfortable control of the vehicle.
4-3
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Rear seatbacks
· The rear seatback must be securely latched. If not, passengers and objects could be thrown forward resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or collision.
· Luggage and other cargo should be laid flat in the cargo area. If objects are large, heavy, or must be piled, they must be secured. Under no circumstances should cargo be piled higher than the seatbacks. Failure to follow these warnings could result in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop, collision or rollover.
· No passenger should ride in the cargo area or sit or lie on folded seatbacks while the vehicle is moving. All passengers must be properly seated in seats and restrained properly while riding.
· When resetting the seatback to the upright position, make sure it is securely latched by pushing it forward and backwards.
· To avoid the possibility of burns, do not remove the carpet in the cargo area. Emission control devices beneath this floor generate high temperatures.
WARNING
After adjusting the seat, always check that it is securely locked into place by attempting to move the seat forward or backward without using the lock release lever. Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver's seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident.
WARNING
· Do not adjust the seat while wearing seat belts. Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on the abdomen.
· Use extreme caution so that hands or other objects are not caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving.
· Do not put a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat. When you operate the seat, gas may gush out of the lighter and cause fire.
· If there are occupants in the rear seats, be careful while adjusting the front seat position.
4-4
Front seats
04
OQXI039002
Forward and rearward To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and rearward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.
OQXI039003
Seatback angle To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up on the seatback recline lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.)
OQXI039004
Seat cushion height (for driver's seat, if equipped) To change the height of the seat cushion, move the lever upwards or downwards. · To lower the seat cushion, push
the lever down several times. · To raise the seat cushion, pull the
lever up several times.
4-5
Safety system of your vehicle
Headrest
·
ODH033105L
The driver's and front passenger's seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant's safety and comfort. The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger, but also helps to protect the head and neck in the event of a collision.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death in an accident, take the following precautions when adjusting your headrests: · Always properly adjust the
headrests for all passengers BEFORE starting the vehicle. · NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with the headrests removed or reversed.
OLF034072N
Adjust the headrests so the middle of the headrests is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes. · NEVER adjust the headrest position of the driver's seat when the vehicle is in motion. · Adjust the headrest as close to the passenger's head as possible. Do not use a seat cushion that holds the body away from the seatback. · Make sure the headrest locks into position after adjusting it.
NOTICE
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull on the headrests.
4-6
04
OLF034015
NOTICE
If you recline the seatback towards the front with the head restraint and seat cushion raised, the head restraint may come in contact with the sunvisor or other parts of the vehicle.
OQXI039005
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the desired position (1). To lower the headrest, push and hold the release button (2) on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position (3).
OQXI039006
Removal/Reinstall To remove the headrest: 1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
recline lever (1). 2. Raise headrest as far as it can go. 3. Press the headrest release button
(3) while pulling the headrest up (4).
WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a seat with the headrest removed.
4-7
Safety system of your vehicle
Seatback pocket
OQXI039007
To reinstall the headrest : 1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release button (1). 2. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height. 3. Adjust the seatback (4) forward using the recline lever (3).
WARNING
Always make sure the headrest locks into position after reinstalling and adjusting it properly.
OQXI039008
WARNING
Seatback pockets Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and injure vehicle occupants.
4-8
Rear seats
·
Headrest
04
OQXI039009
The rear seats are equipped with headrests in all the seating positions for the occupant's safety and comfort. The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers, but also helps to protect the head and neck in the event of a collision.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death in an accident, take the following precautions when adjusting your headrests: · Always properly adjust the
headrests for all passengers BEFORE starting the vehicle. · NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with the headrests removed.
OLF034072N
Adjust the headrests so the middle of the headrests is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes. · NEVER adjust the headrest position of the driver's seat when the vehicle is in motion. · Adjust the headrest as close to the passenger's head as possible. Do not use a seat cushion that holds the body away from the seatback. · Make sure the headrest locks into position after adjusting it.
NOTICE
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull on the headrests.
4-9
Safety system of your vehicle
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks (or cushions) may be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle.
OQXI039010
Adjusting the height up and down (if equipped) To raise the headrest, pull it up (1). To lower the headrest, push and hold the release button (2) on the headrest support and lower the headrest (3).
WARNING
· Never allow passengers to sit on top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is moving as this is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop.
· Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seats. This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.
OQXI039011
Removal (if equipped) To remove the headrest, raise it as far as it can go then press the release button (1) while pulling upward (2). To reinstall the headrest, put the headrest poles (3) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). Then adjust it to the appropriate height.
WARNING
Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting it to properly protect the occupants.
4-10
Type A
1. Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward.
2. Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position (if equipped with adjustable headrests).
04
OQXI039013
OQXI039012
3. Insert the rear lap/shoulder belt plate into the holder on the side trim. It will prevent the lap/shoulder belt from interfering with the seatback when folding.
OQXI039014
4. Pull up both sides of the seatback lever and fold the seatback toward the front of the vehicle.
To use the rear seat, lift and push up the seatback backward. Push the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place.
When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position, remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position.
4-11
Safety system of your vehicle
Type B 1. Set the front seatback to the up-
right position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward. 2. Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position (if equipped with adjustable headrests).
OQXI039013
OQXI039015
3. Insert the rear lap/shoulder belt plate into the holder on the side trim. It will prevent the lap/shoulder belt from interfering with the seatback when folding.
OQXI039047
4. Pull up both sides of the seatback lever and fold the seatback toward the front of the vehicle.
To use the rear seat, lift and push up the seatback backward. Push the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place.
When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position, remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position.
i Information
If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
4-12
04
WARNING
When you return the rear seatback to its upright position after being folded down:
Be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle. Do not allow the seat belt webbing or buckle to get caught or pinched in the rear seat. Ensure that the seatback is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback. Otherwise, in an accident or sudden stop, the seat could fold down and allow cargo to enter the passenger compartment, which could result in serious injury or death.
WARNING
Cargo loading Make sure the engine is off, the dual clutch transmission is in P (Park) or the Manual transmission is in R (Reverse) or 1st, and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo. Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position.
Armrest (if equipped)
NOTICE
· When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position, remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position.
· Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides will help keep the seat belts from being trapped behind or under the seats.
OQXI039016
The armrest is located in the center of the rear seat. Pull the armrest down from the seatback to use it.
WARNING
Cargo
Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and causing injury to the vehicle occupants. Do not place objects in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit the front seat occupants in a collision.
4-13
Safety system of your vehicle
SEAT BELTS
WARNING
· For maximum restraint system protection, the seat belts must always be used whenever the car is moving.
· Seat belts are most effective when seatbacks are in the upright position.
· Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat. Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat, he/ she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.
· Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back. An improperly positioned shoulder belt can cause serious injuries in a crash. The shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone.
· Never wear a seat belt over fragile objects. If there is a sudden stop or impact, the seat belt can damage it.
· Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. A twisted belt can't do its job as well. In a collision, it could even cut into you. Be sure the belt webbing is straight and not twisted.
· Be careful not to damage the belt webbing or hardware. If the belt webbing or hardware is damaged, replace it.
WARNING
· Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body, and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as applicable; wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided.
· Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible, consistent with comfort, to provide the protection for which they have been designed.
· A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer.
· Care should be taken to avoid contamination of the webbing with polishes, oils and chemicals, and particularly battery acid. Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water. The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed, contaminated or damaged.
· It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been worn in a severe impact even if damage to the assembly is not obvious. Belts should not be worn with straps twisted. Each belt assembly must only be used by one occupant; it is dangerous to put a belt around a child being carried on the occupant's lap.
4-14
04
WARNING
· No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack.
· When you fasten the seat belt, be careful not to latch the seat belt in buckles of other seat. It's very dangerous and you may not be protected by the seat belt properly.
· Do not unfasten the seat belt and do not fasten and unfasten the seat belt repeatedly while driving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death, serious injury, or property damage.
· When fastening the seat belt, make sure that the seat belt does not pass over objects that are hard or can break easily.
· Make sure there is nothing in the buckle. The seat belt may not be fastened securely.
Seat belt warning
1GQA2083
As a reminder to the driver or front passenger, the driver's or front passenger's seat belt warning lights will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening. If the driver's or front passenger's seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned ON, the seat belt warning light will illuminate until the belt is fastened. If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 9 km/h, the illuminated warning light will start to blink until you drive under 6 km/h. If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 20 km/h (12 mph) the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.
4-15
Safety system of your vehicle
Lap/shoulder belt
OHSS038101
To fasten your seat belt: To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle.
OHSS038100
You should place the lap belt (1) portion across your hips and the shoulder belt (2) portion across your chest.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and let you move around. If there is a sudden stop or impact, however, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.
i Information
If you are not able to pull out the safety belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
4-16
04
WARNING
Improperly positioned seat belts may increase the risk of serious injury in an accident.Take the following precautions when adjusting the seat belt:
· Position the lap portion of the seat belt as low as possible across your hips, not on your waist, so that it fits snugly.This allows your strong pelvic bones to absorb the force of the crash, reducing the chance of internal injuries.
· Position one arm under the shoulder belt and the other over the belt, as shown in the illustration.
· Always position the shoulder belt anchor into the locked position at the appropriate height.
· Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face.
OHSS038103
To release the seat belt: The seat belt is released by pressing the release button (1) in the locking buckle. When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
4-17
Safety system of your vehicle
Lap belt
OLMB033089
To fasten your seat belt:
To fasten a 2-point static type belt, insert the metal tab into the locking buckle. There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. Check to make sure the belt is properly locked and that the belt is not twisted.
OQXI039017
When using the rear center seat belt, the buckle with the "ENTER" mark must be used.
OLMB033090
With a 2-point static type seat belt, the length must be adjusted manually so it fits snugly around your body. Fasten the belt and pull on the loose end to tighten. The belt should be placed as low as possible on your hips, not on your waist. If the belt is too high, it could increase the possibility of your being injured in an accident.
OLMB033036
To release the seat belt: When you want to release the seat belt, press the button (1) in the locking buckle.
WARNING
The center lap belt latching mechanism is different from those for the rear seat shoulder belts. When fastening the rear seat shoulder belts or the center lap belt, make sure they are inserted into the correct buckles to obtain maximum protection from the seat belt system and assure proper operation.
4-18
04
Pre-tensioner seat belt (if equipped)
OIB034039
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts (retractor pre-tensioner). The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain frontal or side collision(s). The pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal or side collision(s) is severe enough, together with the air bags.When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant's body.
WARNING
For your safety, be sure that the belt webbing is not loose or twisted and always sit properly on your seat.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant's body.
WARNING
· Always wear your seat belt and sit properly in your seat.
· Do not use the seat belt if it is loose or twisted. A loose or twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.
· Do not place anything near the buckle. This may adversely affect the buckle and cause it to function improperly.
· Always replace your pre-tensioners after activation or an accident.
· NEVER inspect, service, repair or replace the pre-tensioners yourself.This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.
WARNING
Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism deploys during a collision, the pre-tensioner can become hot and can burn you.
CAUTION
Body work on the front area of the vehicle may damage the pre-tensioner seat belt system. Therefore, we recommend the system to be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
4-19
Safety system of your vehicle
8KMB3311/H
The seat belt pre-tensioner system consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in the illustration:
(1) SRS air bag warning light
(2) Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
(3) SRS control module
NOTICE
The sensor that activates the SRS control module is connected with the pretensioner seat belts. The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument cluster will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, and then it should turn off. If the pre-tensioner is not working properly, the warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag is not malfunctioning. If the warning light does not illuminate,stays illuminated or illuminates when the vehicle is being driven, we recommend the pre-tensioner seat belts and/or SRS control module be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
i Information
· Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal or side collisions.
· When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may appear to be smoke, may be visible in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
· Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be inhaled for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated.
4-20
04
Additional seat belt safety precautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
The seat belt should always be used during pregnancy. The best way to protect your unborn child is to protect yourself by always wearing the seat belt. Pregnant women should always wear a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the shoulder belt across your chest, routed between your breasts and away from your neck. Place the lap belt below your belly so that it fits SNUGLY across your hips and pelvic bone, under the rounded part of the belly.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to an unborn child during an accident, pregnant women should NEVER place the lap portion of the seat belt above or over the area of the abdomen where the unborn child is located.
Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
Most countries have Child Restraint System laws which require children to travel in approved Child Restraint System devices, including booster seats.The age at which seat belts can be used instead of Child Restraint System differs among countries, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your country, and where you are travelling. Infant and Child Restraint System must be properly placed and installed in a rear seat. For more details refer to the "Child Restraint Systems"in this chapter.
WARNING
ALWAYS properly restrain infants and small children in a Child Restraint System appropriate for the child's height and weight. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to a child and other passengers,NEVER hold a child in your lap or arms when the vehicle is moving.The violent forces created during an accident will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the interior of the vehicle.
4-21
Safety system of your vehicle
Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a Child Restraint System that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your country. Before buying any Child Restraint System, make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Safety Standard of your country. The Child Restraint System must be appropriate for your child's height and weight. Check the label on the Child Restraint System for this information. Refer to "Child Restraint Systems" in this chapter.
Larger children
Children under age 13 and who are too large for a booster seat should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt should lie across the upper thighs and be snug across the shoulder and chest to restrain the child safely. Check belt fit periodically. A child's squirming could put the belt out of position.In the event of an accident, children are afforded the best safety restrained by a proper Child Restraint System in the rear seats. If a larger child over age 13 must be seated in the front seat, the child must be securely restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position. If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child's neck or face, try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle.If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck, they need to be returned to an appropriate booster seat in the rear seat.
WARNING
· Always make sure larger children's seat belts are worn and properly adjusted.
· NEVER allow the shoulder belt to contact the child's neck or face.
· Do not allow more than one child to use a single seat belt.
4-22
04
Seat belt use and injured people A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported. Consult a physician for specific recommendations.
One person per belt Two people (including children) should never attempt to use a single seat belt. This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback. Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries.
The more the seat back is reclined, the greater the chance for the passenger's hips to slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck to strike the shoulder belt.
WARNING
· NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
· Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.
· Driver and passengers should always sit well back in their seats,properly belted,and with the seatbacks upright.
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.
Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind. Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts become dirty, they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts The entire seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no damage is visible.We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
4-23
Safety system of your vehicle
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat. Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided.
You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country. Child and/or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your country.
Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by the lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt.
Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured. For small children and babies, a child seat or infant seat must be used.
Before buying a particular child restraint system, make sure it fits your car seat and seat belts, and fits your child. Follow all the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child restraint system.
WARNING
· A child restraint system must be placed in the rear seat. Never install a child or infant seat on the front passenger's seat. Should an accident occur and cause the passenger-side air bag to deploy, it could severely injure or kill an infant or child seated in an infant or child seat. Thus only use a child restraint in the rear seat of your vehicle.
· A seat belt or child restraint system can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day, even if the outside temperature does not feel hot. Be sure to check the seat cover and buckles before placing a child there.
· When the child restraint system is not in use, store it in the luggage area or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in the case of a sudden stop or an accident.
· Children may be seriously injured or killed by an inflating air bag. All children, even those too large for child restraints, must ride in the rear seat.
4-24
04
WARNING
To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries:
· Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat. A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in serious or fatal injuries.
· Always follow the instructions for installation and use of the child restraint maker.
· Always make sure the child seat is secured properly in the car and your child is securely restrained in the child seat.
· Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle. The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the car's interior.
· Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt could press deep into the child causing serious internal injuries.
· Never leave children unattended in a vehicle - not even for a short time. The car can heat up very quickly, resulting in serious injuries to children inside. Even very young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to move, entangle themselves in the windows, or lock themselves or others inside the vehicle.
· Never allow two children, or any two persons, to use the same seat belt.
· Children often squirm and reposition themselves improperly. Never let a child ride with the shoulder belt under their arm or behind their back. Always properly position and secure children in rear seat.
· Never allow a child to stand-up or kneel on the seat or floorboard of a moving vehicle. During a collision or sudden stop, the child can be violently thrown against the vehicles interior, resulting in serious injury.
· Never use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that "hooks" over a seatback, it may not provide adequate security in an accident.
· Seat belts can become very hot, especially when the car is parked in direct sunlight. Always check seat belt buckles before fastening them over a child.
· After an accident, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· If there is not enough space to place the child restraint system because of the driver's seat, install the child restraint system in the rear right seat.
4-25
Safety system of your vehicle
Using a child restraint system
Rearward-facing child restraint system
Forward-facing child restraint system
CRS09
OIB034017
For small children and babies, the use of a child seat or infant seat is required. This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
For safety reasons, we recommend that the child restraint system is used in the rear seats.
WARNING
Child seat installation
· A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored to the car and the child is not properly restrained in the child restraint. Before installing the child restraint system, read the instructions supplied by the child restraint system manufacturer.
· If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Failure to observe this manual's instructions regarding child restraint system and the instructions provided with the child restraint system could increase the risk and/or severity of injury in an accident.
WARNING
Never place a rear-facing child restraint in the front passenger seat, because of the danger that an inflating passenger-side air bag could impact the rear-facing child restraint and kill the child.
4-26
04
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)
WARNING
Before installing your Child Restraint System always: · Read and follow the instructions
provided by the manufacturer of the Child Restraint System. · Failure to follow all warnings and instructions could increase the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an accident occurs.
WARNING
If the vehicle headrest prevents proper installation of a Child Restraint System (as described in the Child Restraint System manual), the headrest of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.
After selecting a proper Child Restraint System and checking that the Child Restraint System fits properly in the rear of this vehicle, you are ready to install the Child Restraint System according to the manufacturer's instruction. There are three general steps in installing the Child Restraint System properly:
· Properly secure the Child Restraint System to the vehicle. All Child Restraint Systems must be secured to the vehicle with the lap belt or lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or with the top-tether and/or ISOFIX anchorage.
· Make sure the Child Restraint System is firmly secured. After installing a Child Restraint System to the vehicle, push and pull the Child Restraint System forward and from side-to-side to verify that it is securely attached to the vehicle seat. A Child Restraint System secured with a seat belt should be installed as firmly as possible. However, some side-to- side movement can be expected.
When installing a Child Restraint System, adjust the vehicle seat (up and down, forward and rearward) so that your child fits in the Child Restraint System in a comfortable manner.
4-27
Safety system of your vehicle
· Secure the child in the Child Restraint System. Make sure the child is properly strapped in the Child Restraint System according to the Child Restraint System manufacturer's instructions.
WARNING
A Child Restraint System in a closed vehicle can become very hot. To prevent burns, check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the Child Restraint System.
ISOFIX anchorage and top-tether anchorage (ISOFIX system) for children (if equipped)
The ISOFIX system holds a Child Restraint System during driving and in an accident. This system is designed to make installation of the Child Restraint System easier and reduce the possibility of improperly installing your Child Restraint System. The ISOFIX system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the Child Restraint System. The ISOFIX system eliminates the need to use seat belts to secure the Child Restraint System to the rear seats.
ISOFIX anchors are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each ISOFIX seating position that will accommodate a Child Restraint System with lower attachments.
To use the ISOFIX system in your vehicle, you must have a Child Restraint System with ISOFIX attachments. (An ISOFIX-Child Restraint System may only be installed if it has vehicle-specific or universal approval in accordance with the requirements of ECE-R 44 or ECE-R 129.)
The Child Restraint System manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the Child Restraint System with its attachments for the lower anchorages.
4-28
04
OLM039035
ISOFIX anchorages have been provided in the left and right outboard rear seating positions. Their locations are shown in the illustration. There are no ISOFIX anchorages provided for the center rear seating position.
OQXI039018
The ISOFIX anchorages symbols are located on the left and right rear seat cushions to identify the position of the ISOFIX anchorages in your vehicle (see arrows in illustration).
WARNING
Do not attempt to install a Child Restraint System using ISOFIX anchorages in the rear center seating position. There are no ISOFIX anchorages provided for this seat.
Using the outboard seat anchorages, for the CRS installation on the rear center seating position, can damage the anchorages which may break or fail in a collision resulting in serious injury or death.
OQXI039019
Both rear outboard seats are equipped with a pair of ISOFIX anchorages as well as a corresponding top-tether anchorage on the back side of the rear seats.
(Child Restraint Systems with universal approval according to ECE-R44 or ECE-R129 need to be fixed additionally with a top-tether connected to the corresponding top-tether anchorage point on the back side of the rear seats.)
ISOFIX anchorages are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions.
4-29
Safety system of your vehicle
Securing a Child Restraint System with the "ISOFIX system"
To install a ISOFIX-compatible Child Restraint System in either of the rear outboard seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from the ISOFIX anchorages.
2. Move any other objects away from the anchors that could prevent a secure connection between the Child Restraint System and the ISOFIX anchorages.
3. Place the Child Restraint System on the vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the ISOFIX anchorages according to the instructions provided by the Child Restraint System manufacturer.
4. Follow the instructions of the Child Restraint System's manufacturer for proper installation and connection of the ISOFIX attachments on the Child Restraint System to the ISOFIX anchorages.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using the ISOFIX system:
· Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your Child Restraint System.
· To prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts and retract the seat belt webbing behind the child. Children can be strangled if a shoulder belt becomes wrapped around their neck and the seat belt tightens.
· NEVER attach more than one Child Restraint System to a single anchorage. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.
· Always have the ISOFIX system inspected by your dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the ISOFIX system and may not properly secure the Child Restraint System.
4-30
04
Securing a Child Restraint System with "Top-tether anchorage" system (if equipped)
OQXI039020
First secure the Child Restraint System with the ISOFIX anchorages or the seat belt. If the Child Restraint System manufacturer recommends the top-tether to be attached, attach and tighten the top-tether to the top-tether anchorage. Top-tether anchorages are located on the back of the rear seats.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when installing the top-tether:
· Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your Child Restraint System.
· NEVER attach more than one Child Restraint System to a single top-tether anchorage. This could cause the anchorage or attachment to come loose or break.
· Do not attach the top-tether to anything other than the correct top-tether anchorage. It may not work properly if attached to something else.
· Child Restraint System anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted Child Restraint Systems. Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle.
4-31
Safety system of your vehicle
Installing a child restraint system by lap/shoulder belt
OQXI039021
To install the top-tether :
1. Route the Child Restraint System top-tether over the Child Restraint System seatback. Route the top-tether under the headrest and between the headrest posts, or route the top-tether over the top of the vehicle seatback. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Connect the top-tether to the top-tether anchorage, then tighten the top-tether according to the instructions of your Child Restraint System's manufacturer to firmly attach the Child Restraint System to the seat.
3. Check that the Child Restraint System is securely attached to the seat by pushing and pulling the seat forward and from side-to-side.
E2MS103005
To install a child restraint system on the outboard or center rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap/shoulder belt around or through the restraint, following the restraint manufacturer's instructions. Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted.
E2BLD310
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct "Click" sound.
Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.
4-32
MMSA3030
3. Buckle the seat belt and allow the seat belt to take up any slack. After installation of the child restraint system, try to move it in all directions to be sure the child restraint system is securely installed.
If you need to tighten the belt, pull more webbing toward the retractor. When you unbuckle the seat belt and allow it to retract, the retractor will automatically revert back to its normal seated passenger emergency locking usage condition.
04
4-33
Safety system of your vehicle
$,5%$*6833/(0(17$/5(675$,176<67(0656
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Driver's front air bag 2. Passenger's front air bag 3. Side impact air bag* 4. Curtain air bag*
OIB037032R
* : if equipped
4-34
04
WARNING
· Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover.
· SRS and pretensioners contain explosive chemicals.
If scraping a vehicle without removing SRS and pretensioners from a vehicle, it may cause fire. Before scraping a vehicle, we recommend that you contact an authorized Hyundai dealer.
· Keep the SRS parts and wirings away from water or any liquid. If the SRS components are inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids, it may cause fire or severe injury.
How does the air bag system operate
· Air bags are activated (able to inflate if necessary) only when the ignition switch is placed to the ON or START position.
· Air bags inflate instantly in the event of serious frontal or side collision in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury.
· There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate.
Generally, air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision and its direction. These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment/ inflation signal.
· Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed, angles of impact and the density and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision. The determining, factors are not limited to those mentioned above.
· The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant.
It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident.
It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision.
4-35
Safety system of your vehicle
· In order to help provide protection in a severe collision, the air bags must inflate rapidly. The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to get the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary part of air bag design.
However, air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force.
· There are even circumstances under which contact with the steering wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel.
WARNING
· To avoid severe personal injury or death caused by deploying air bags in a collision, the driver should sit as far back from the steering wheel air bag as possible. The front passenger should always move their seat as far back as possible and sit back in their seat.
· Air bag inflates instantly in an event of a collision, passengers may be injured by the air bag expansion force if they are not in a proper position.
· Air bag inflation may cause injuries including facial or bodily abrasions, injuries from broken glasses or burns.
4-36
04
Noise and smoke
When the air bags inflate, they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle. This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag, as well as from breathing the smoke and powder. Open your doors and/or windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder.
Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc.). If this is the case, wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult with the doctor if the symptom persists.
WARNING
When the air bags deploy, the air bag related parts in the steering wheel and/or instrument panel and/or in both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors are very hot. To prevent injury, do not touch the air bag storage areas internal components immediately after an air bag has inflated.
Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger's seat. (if equipped)
OYDESA2042
Never place a rear-facing child restraint in the front passenger's seat. If the air bag deploys, it would impact the rear-facing child restraint, causing serious or fatal injury. In addition, do not place front-facing child restraints in the front passenger's seat either. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it would cause serious or fatal injuries to the child.
4-37
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
· NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIR BAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.
· Never put a child restraint in the HTQPV RCUUGPIGT UGCV +H VJG front passenger air bag inflates, it would cause serious or fatal injuries.
· When children are seated in the rear outboard seats of vehicle equipped with curtain air bags, be sure to install the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible, and securely lock the child restraint system in position.
Inflation of curtain air bags could cause serious injury or death to an infant or child.
Air bag warning and indicator Air bag warning light
W7-147
The purpose of the air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS). When the ignition switch is turned ON, the warning light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds, then go off. Have the system checked if: · The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition ON. · The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds. · The light comes on while the vehi-
cle is in motion. · The light blinks when the ignition
switch is in ON position.
4-38
04
SRS components and functions
OQXI039038
The SRS consists of the following components: (1) Driver's front air bag module (2) Passenger's front air bag module (3) Pre-tensioner seatbelt system* (4) Air bag warning light (5) SRS control module (SRSCM) (6) Front impact sensor (7) Side impact air bag modules* (8) Curtain air bag modules * (9) Side impact sensors * * : if equipped
WARNING
If any of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction of the SRS. We recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON.
· The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds.
· The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
· The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position.
The SRSCM continuously monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt deployment.
The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, after which the air bag warning light should go out.
4-39
Safety system of your vehicle
Driver's front air bag (1)
Driver's front air bag (3)
B240B01L
The air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger's panel above the glove box. When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the front air bags.
Driver's front air bag (2)
B240B03L
A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt, slows the driver's or the passenger's forward motion, reducing the risk of head and chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls.
B240B02L
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags. Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags.
4-40
04
Driver's front air bag (3)
B240B03L
WARNING
· Do not install or place any accessories (drink holder, cassette holder, sticker, etc.) on the front passenger's panel above the glove box in a vehicle with a passenger's air bag. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the passenger's air bag inflates.
· When installing a container of liquid air freshener inside the vehicle, do not place it near the instrument cluster nor on the instrument panel surface. It may become a dangerous projectile and cause injury if the passenger's air bag inflates.
WARNING
· If an air bag deploys, there may be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle. These conditions are normal and are not hazardous - the air bags are packed in this fine powder. The dust generated during air bag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation as well as aggravate asthma for some persons. Always wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with cold water and a mild soap after an accident in which the air bags were deployed.
· The SRS can function only when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
· Before you replace a fuse or disconnect a battery terminal, turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition key. Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse(s) when the ignition switch is in the ON position. Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illuminate.
4-41
Safety system of your vehicle
Driver's and passenger's front air bag
Driver's front air bag · Type A
· Type B
OQXI039022
The indications of the system's presence are the letters "AIR BAG" engraved on the air bag pad cover in the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box.
The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel above the glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and/or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity.
Passenger's front air bag
OQXI030050
OQXI039023
Your vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Restraint (Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions.
WARNING
Always use seat belts and child restraints every trip, every time, everyone! Air bags inflate with considerable force and in the blink of an eye. Seat belts help keep occupants in proper position to obtain maximum benefit from the air bag. Even with air bags, improperly and unbelted occupants can be severely injured when the air bag inflates. Always follow the precautions about seat belts, air bags and occupant safety contained in this manual.
· To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries and receive the maximum safety benefit from your restraint system:
· Never place a child in any child or booster seat in the front seat.
4-42
04
· ABC Always Buckle Children in the back seat. It is the safest place for children of any age to ride.
· Front and side impact air bags can injure occupants improperly positioned in the front seats.
· Move your seat as far back as practical from the front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle.
· You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags. Improperly positioned drivers and passengers can be severely injured by inflating air bags.
· Never lean against the door or center console always sit in an upright position.
· No objects (such as crash pad cover, cellular phone holder, cup holder, perfume or stickers) should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box. Such objects could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.
· Do not attach any objects on the front windshield and inside mirror.
· Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system. Doing so could result in injury, due to accidental deployment of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inoperative.
· If the SRS air bag warning light remains illuminated while the vehicle is being driven, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Air bags can only be used once we recommend that the system be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· The SRS is designed to deploy the front air bags only when an impact is sufficiently severe and when the impact angle is less than 30° from the forward longitudinal axis of the vehicle. Additionally, the air bags will only deploy once. Seat belts must be worn at all times.
· Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. In addition, front air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold.
· A child restraint system must never be placed in the front seat. The infant or child could be severely injured or killed by an air bag deployment in case of an accident.
4-43
Safety system of your vehicle
· Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat. Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.
· For maximum safety protection in all types of crashes, all occupants including the driver should always wear their seat belts whether or not an air bag is also provided at their seating position to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash. Do not sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bag while the vehicle is in motion.
· Sitting improperly or out of position can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash. All occupants should sit upright with the seat back in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the ignition key is removed.
· The SRS air bag system must deploy very rapidly to provide protection in a crash. If an occupant is out of position because of not wearing a seat belt, the air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries.
Side impact air bag (if equipped)
OIB034021
OJK032063
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
Your vehicle is equipped with a side impact air bag in each front seat. The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle's driver and/or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone. The side impact air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side-impact collisions, depending on the crash severity, angle, speed and point of impact. The side impact air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations.
4-44
04
WARNING
Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and/or curtain air bags.
WARNING
· The side impact air bag is supplemental to the driver's and the passenger's seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them. Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in motion. The air bags deploy only in certain side impact conditions severe enough to cause significant injury to the vehicle occupants.
· For best protection from the side impact air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side impact air bag, both front seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fastened. The driver's hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The passenger's arms and hands should be placed on their laps.
· Do not use any accessory seat covers.
· Use of seat covers could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system.
· Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side impact air bag.
· Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar.
· Do not place any objects between the door and the seat. They may become dangerous projectiles if the side air bag inflates.
· Do not put any objects between the side air bag label and seat cushion. It could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.
· To prevent unexpected deployment of the side impact air bag that may result in personal injury, avoid impact to the side impact sensor when the ignition switch is on.
· If the seat or seat cover is damaged, we recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Inform the dealer that your vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags.
4-45
Safety system of your vehicle
Curtain air bag (if equipped)
OQXI039024
OQXI039025
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors. They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions. The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity, angle, speed and impact. The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations, collisions from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover situations.
WARNING
· In order for side impact and curtain air bags to provide the best protection, both front seat occupants and both outboard rear occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belts properly fastened.
Importantly, children should sit in a proper child restraint system in the rear seat.
· When children are seated in the rear outboard seats, they must be seated in the proper child restraint system. Make sure to put the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible, and secure the child restraint system in a locked position.
· Do not place any objects over the air bag. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar, roof side rail.
· Do not hang other objects except clothes, especially hard or breakable objects. In an accident, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury.
4-46
04
· Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and/or curtain air bags.
· Do not open or repair the side curtain air bags.
· Never try to open or repair any components of the side curtain air bag system. We recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Failure to follow the above mentioned instructions can result in injury or death to the vehicle occupants in an accident.
Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection.
These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts.
4-47
Safety system of your vehicle
Air bag inflation conditions
(1) SRS control module (2) Front impact sensor (3) Side impact sensor* * : if equipped
4-48
OQXI039026/OQXI039027/OQXI039028/OQXI039029
04
WARNING
· Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed.
This may cause unexpected air bag deployment, which could result in serious personal injury or death.
· If the installation location or angle of the sensors is altered in any way, the air bags may deploy when they should not or they may not deploy when they should, causing severe injury or death.
Therefore, do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors. We recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper, body or B pillar where side collision sensors are installed. We recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Your vehicle has been designed to absorb impact and deploy the air bag(s) in certain collisions. Installing aftermarket bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non-genuine parts may adversely affect your vehicles collision and air bag deployment performance.
Air bag inflation conditions
OQXI039030
Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in certain frontal collision depending on the crash severity, speed or angles of impact of the front collision.
4-49
Safety system of your vehicle
Side air bags (if equipped)
Side air bags (side impact and/or curtain air bags) are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the crash severity, speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision.
Although the front air bags (driver's and front passenger's air bags) are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensor detect a sufficient impact. Side air bags (side impact and/or curtain air bags) are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions, but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads or sidewalks, air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment.
Air bag non-inflation conditions
OQXI039031
· In certain low-speed collisions the air bags may not deploy. The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions.
OQXI039032
· Front air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit.
4-50
04
OQXI039033
· Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions, because occupants move to the direction of the collision, and thus in side impacts, frontal air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.
However, side impact or curtain air bags may inflate depending on the intensity, vehicle speed and angles of impact.
OQXI039034
· Just before impact, drivers often brake heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to "ride" under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance. Air bags may not inflate in this "under-ride" situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensor may be significantly reduced by such "under-ride" collisions.
OBH038060
· In a slant or angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags.
OQXI039035
· Air bags do not inflate in rollover accidents because vehicle can not detect rollover accident.
However, side and/or curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over after side impact collision.
4-51
Safety system of your vehicle
OQXI039036
· Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees, where the point of impact is concentrated and the collision energy is absorbed by the vehicle structure.
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-free and so there are no parts you can safely service by yourself. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate, or continuously remains on, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
We recommend that the any work on the SRS system, such as removing, installing, repairing, or any work on the steering wheel, the front passenger's panel, front seats and roof rails be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury.
WARNING
· Modification to SRS components or wiring, including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure, can adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible injury.
· For cleaning the air bag pad covers, use only a soft, dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system.
4-52
04
· No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box, because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate.
· If the air bags inflate, we recommend that the system be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring, or other components of the SRS system. Doing so could result in injury, due to accidental inflation of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inoperative.
· If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if the vehicle must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information. Failure to follow these precautions and procedures could increase the risk of personal injury.
· If your car was flooded and has soaked carpeting or water on the flooring, you shouldn't try to start the engine; we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Additional safety precautions
· Never let passengers ride in the cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupants should sit upright, fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor.
· Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving. A passenger who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against other occupants, or out of the vehicle.
· Each seat belt is designed to restrain one occupant. If more than one person uses the same seat belt, they could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.
· Do not use any accessories on seat belts. Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
· Passengers should not place hard or sharp objects between themselves and the air bags. Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap or in your mouth can result in injuries if an air bag inflates.
· Keep occupants away from the air bag covers. All occupants should sit upright, fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor. If occupants are too close to the air bag covers, they could be injured if the air bags inflate.
4-53
Safety system of your vehicle
· Do not attach or place objects on or near the air bag covers. Any object attached to or placed on the front or side impact air bag covers could interfere with the proper operation of the air bags.
· Do not modify the front seats. Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components or side impact air bags.
· Do not place items under the front seats. Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring harnesses.
· Never hold an infant or child on your lap. The infant or child could be seriously injured or killed in the event of a crash. All infants and children should be properly restrained in appropriate child safety seats or seat belts in the rear seat.
WARNING
· Sitting improperly or out of position can cause occupants to be shifted too close to a deploying air bag, strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle resulting in serious injury or death.
· Always sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with your seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and your feet on the floor.
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system.
Air bag warning label
OQXI039037
Air bag warning labels are attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information about the air bags that are installed on your vehicle in this Owner's Manual.
4-54
5. Convenient features of your vehicle
Accessing your vehicle.......................................................................................5-4 Remote key ......................................................................................................5-4 Remote key precautions .................................................................................5-6 Smart key ......................................................................................................... 5-7 Smart key precautions ................................................................................... 5-11 Immobilizer system ........................................................................................5-12 Door lock/unlock sound ................................................................................5-12
Door locks ..........................................................................................................5-13
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ...........................................5-13 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ............................................. 5-14
5
Auto door lock/unlock features.................................................................... 5-16
Child-protector rear door locks.....................................................................5-17
Theft-alarm system........................................................................................... 5-18
Tailgate .............................................................................................................. 5-19 Opening the tailgate ..................................................................................... 5-19 Closing the tailgate ....................................................................................... 5-19 Emergency tailgate safety release ...............................................................5-20
Windows .............................................................................................................5-21 Power windows ..............................................................................................5-21 Manual windows ........................................................................................... 5-25
Hood ..................................................................................................................5-26 Opening the hood .........................................................................................5-26
Sunroof ..............................................................................................................5-28 Sunroof opening and closing .......................................................................5-28 Sliding the sunroof ........................................................................................5-28 Resetting the sunroof....................................................................................5-30
Fuel filler door ...................................................................................................5-32 Opening the fuel filler door ..........................................................................5-32 Closing the fuel filler door ............................................................................5-32
Steering wheel ..................................................................................................5-35 Electric power steering (EPS) .......................................................................5-35 Horn ................................................................................................................5-36
Mirrors ............................................................................................................... 5-37 Inside rearview mirror ................................................................................... 5-37
Outside rearview mirror ................................................................................5-38
Instrument cluster ........................................................................................... 5-40 Instrument Cluster Control........................................................................... 5-41 Gauges ...........................................................................................................5-42 Transmission Shift Indicator .........................................................................5-45 Warning and indicator lights ........................................................................5-47 LCD display messages ................................................................................. 5-57
LCD display (Cluster Type B) ............................................................................5-63
5
LCD display control .......................................................................................5-63 LCD modes.................................................................................................... 5-64
Trip computer mode .....................................................................................5-65
Information mode ........................................................................................ 5-66
User settings mode (Cluster Type B)............................................................5-67
Trip computer................................................................................................... 5-69 Cluster Type A............................................................................................... 5-69 Cluster Type B................................................................................................ 5-73
Light................................................................................................................... 5-77 Exterior lights................................................................................................. 5-77 Interior lights..................................................................................................5-82
Wipers and washers .........................................................................................5-85 Windshield wipers ........................................................................................ 5-86 Windshield washers ..................................................................................... 5-86 Rear window wiper and washer switch .......................................................5-87
Driver assist system......................................................................................... 5-88 Rear view monitor ........................................................................................ 5-88 Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) System ............................................. 5-90
Climate Control System ...................................................................................5-93 Defroster ........................................................................................................5-93 Manual climate control system ................................................................... 5-94 Automatic climate control system ............................................................. 5-102 Windshield defrosting and defogging ........................................................ 5-112
5. Convenient features of your vehicle
Clean air ........................................................................................................ 5-114 Storage compartment ..................................................................................... 5-115
Center console storage................................................................................ 5-115 Sliding armrest.............................................................................................. 5-115 Cool box ........................................................................................................ 5-116 Luggage box ................................................................................................. 5-117 Interior features .............................................................................................. 5-118 Clock.............................................................................................................. 5-118
5 Cup holder .................................................................................................... 5-118
Sunvisor......................................................................................................... 5-119 Power outlet.................................................................................................. 5-119 USB charger .................................................................................................. 5-121 Floor mat anchor(s) ...................................................................................... 5-121 Coat hook...................................................................................................... 5-121 Cargo area cover ..........................................................................................5-123 Exterior features ............................................................................................. 5-124 Roof rack ...................................................................................................... 5-124
Convenient features of your vehicle
ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE
Remote key (if equipped)
Unlocking To unlock:
1. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on the remote key.
2. The doors will unlock. The hazard warning lights will blink two times.
OIB034040
Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key, which you can use to lock or unlock a door (and tailgate) and even start the engine. 1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock 3. Tailgate Unlock
Locking To lock : 1. Close all doors, engine hood and
tailgate. 2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on
the remote key. 3. The doors will lock. The hazard
warning lights will blink once. 4. Make sure the doors are locked by
checking the position of the door lock button inside the vehicle.
i Information
After unlocking the doors, the doors will lock automatically after 30 seconds unless a door is opened.
Tailgate unlocking To unlock: 1. Press the Tailgate Unlock button
(3) on the remote key for more than one second. 2. The hazard warning lights will blink two times. Once the tailgate is opened and then closed, the tailgate will lock automatically.
i Information
· After unlocking the tailgate, the tailgate will lock automatically.
· The word "HOLD" is written on the button to inform you that you must press and hold the button for more than one second.
WARNING
Do not leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could place the key in the ignition switch and may operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death.
5-4
05
Start-up
For detailed information refer to "Key Ignition Switch" in chapter 5.
Mechanical key
Type A
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the remote key:
· Keep the remote key away from water or any liquid and fire. If the inside of the remote key gets damp (due to drinks or moisture), or is heated, internal circuit may malfunction, excluding the car from the warranty.
· Avoid dropping or throwing the remote key.
· Protect the remote key from extreme temperatures.
Type B
OYDECO2231
OIB044178
If the remote key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the door by using the mechanical key.
Type B To unfold the key, press the release button then the key will unfold automatically. To fold the key, fold the key manually while pressing the release button.
NOTICE Do not fold the key without pressing the release button. This may damage the key.
5-5
Convenient features of your vehicle
Remote key precautions
The remote key will not work if any of the following occur:
· The key is in the ignition switch.
· You exceed the operating distance limit (about 30 m [90 feet]).
· The remote key battery is weak.
· Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal.
· The weather is extremely cold.
· The remote key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the remote key.
When the remote key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the remote key, it is recommended that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the remote key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phones normal operational signals. This is especially important when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. Avoid placing the remote key and your mobile phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and always try to maintain an adequate distance between the two devices.
i Information
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer's vehicle warranty.
NOTICE
Keep the remote key away from electromagnetic materials that blocks electromagnetic waves to the key surface.
5-6
05
Battery replacement
If the remote key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one.
Smart key (if equipped)
Type A
Type B
OIB044179
Battery Type: CR2032
OIB044180
To replace the battery:
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the cover.
2. Remove the old battery and insert the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct.
3. Reinstall the rear cover of the remote key.
If you suspect your remote key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your remote key is not working correctly, it is recommended that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OQXI049001
Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key, which you can use to lock or unlock a door (and tailgate) and even start the engine.
1. Door Lock
2. Door Unlock
3. Tailgate Unlock
4. Panic
i Information
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose the battery according to your local law(s) and regulation.
5-7
Convenient features of your vehicle
Locking
To lock :
OQXI049002
1. Close all doors, engine hood and tailgate.
2. Either press the door handle button or press the Door Lock button (1) on the smart key.
3. The hazard warning lights will blink once.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by checking the position of the door lock button inside the vehicle.
Even though you press the outside door handle button, the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for three seconds if any of the following occur:
· The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
· The Engine Start/Stop button is in ACC or ON position.
· Any door except the tailgate is open.
WARNING
Do not leave the Smart Key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could press the Engine Start/ Stop button and may operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death.
i Information
The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outside door handle.
5-8
05
Unlocking
OQXI049002
To unlock: 1. Carry the Smart Key. 2. Either press the door handle but-
ton or press the Door Unlock button (2) on the smart key. 3. The doors will unlock. The hazard warning lights will blink two times.
i Information
· The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 1 m (40 in.) from the outside door handle. Other people can also open the doors without the smart key in possession.
· After unlocking the doors, the doors will lock automatically after 30 seconds unless a door is opened.
Tailgate unlocking To unlock: 1. Carry the smart key. 2. Either press the tailgate handle
button or press the Tailgate Unlock button (3) on the smart key for more than one second. 3. The hazard warning lights will blink two times. Once the tailgate is opened and then closed, the tailgate will lock automatically.
i Information
After unlocking the tailgate, the tailgate will lock automatically after 30 seconds unless the tailgate is opened.
Panic button (if equipped) Press and hold the Panic button (4) for more than one second. The horn sounds and hazard warning lights flash for about 30 seconds. To cancel the panic mode, press any button on the remote key.
Start-up You can start the engine without inserting the key. For detailed information refer to the Engine Start/Stop button in chapter 5.
5-9
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the smart key: · Keep the smart key away from
water or any liquid and fire. If the inside of the smart key gets damp (due to drinks or moisture), or is heated, internal circuit may malfunction, excluding the car from the warranty. · Avoid dropping or throwing the smart key. · Protect the smart key from extreme temperatures.
NOTICE
Always have the smart key with you when leaving the vehicle. If the smart key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle battery may be discharged.
Mechanical key If the Smart Key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the door by using the mechanical key.
To reinstall the mechanical key, put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard.
Loss of a smart key A maximum of two smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle. If you happen to lose your smart key, it is recommended that you should immediately take the vehicle and remaining key to your authorized HYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle, if necessary.
Smart key precautions
The smart key will not work if any of the following occur:
· The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter.
· The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone.
· Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.
When the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the smart key, it is recommended that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OIB044175
Press and hold the release button (1) and remove the mechanical key (2). Insert the mechanical key into the key hole on the door.
5-10
05
If the smart key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phones normal operational signals. This is especially important when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. Avoid placing the smart key and your mobile phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and always try to maintain an adequate distance between the two devices.
i Information
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer's vehicle warranty.
NOTICE
Keep the smart key away from electromagnetic materials that blocks electromagnetic waves to the key surface.
Battery replacement
OLF044008
If the Smart Key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one. Battery Type: CR2032 To replace the battery: 1. Pry open the rear cover of the
smart key. 2. Remove the old battery and insert
the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct. 3. Reinstall the rear cover of the smart key. If you suspect your smart key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your smart key is not working correctly, it is recommended that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose the battery according to your local law(s) and regulation.
5-11
Convenient features of your vehicle
Immobilizer system
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is used, the engine's fuel system is disabled.
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the immobilizer system indicator should come on briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the system does not recognize the coding of the key.
Place the ignition switch to the LOCK/ OFF position, then place the ignition switch to the ON position again.
The system may not recognize your key's coding if another immobilizer key or other metal object (i.e., key chain) is near the key. The engine may not start because the metal may interrupt the transponder signal from transmitting normally.
If the system repeatedly does not recognize the coding of the key, it is recommended that you contact your HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems could result that may make your vehicle inoperable.
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential.
NOTICE
The transponder in your key is an important part of the immobilizer system. It is designed to give years of trouble-free service, however you should avoid exposure to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. Immobilizer system malfunction could occur.
Door lock/unlock sound
When a user steps out of the car, all doors are closed and then the user tries to lock or unlock the car with the remote key or smart key, sound occurs along with flashing.
· Door Lock beep sound : 1time
· Door Unlock beep sound : 2times
Lock/Unlock Sound Function Disable / Enable: The user can disable or enable the lock/unlock sound using the remote key or smart key.
· Default condition : Sound is Enabled (ON)
- Sound Disable : User must press both lock and unlock buttons in the remote key or smart key together for at least 4seconds to deactivate the sound (from "ON o OFF").
- Sound Enable : User must press both lock and unlock buttons in the remote key or smart key together for at least 4seconds to activate Sound (from " OFF o ON").
· For a successful Activation/De-activation of Sound, Hazard warning lights will blink 4 times.
5-12
DOOR LOCKS
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle Mechanical key
Remote key
05
OQXI049003
Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock.
If you lock/unlock the driver's door with a key, all vehicle doors will lock/ unlock automatically.
(If equipped with the central door lock system)
Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.
OQXI049004
To lock the doors, press the Door Lock button (1) on the remote key.
To unlock the doors, press the Door Unlock button (2) on the remote key.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.
i Information
· In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
· If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components.
5-13
Convenient features of your vehicle
Smart key
OQXI049004
i Information
· In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
· If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components.
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle With the door lock button
1. Door lock 2. Door unlock
OQXI049005
To lock the doors, press the button on the outside door handle while carrying the smart key with you or press the door lock button on the smart key.
To unlock the doors, press the button on the outside door handle while carrying the smart key with you or press the door unlock button on the smart key.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.
OQXI049006
· To unlock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the "Unlock" position.
· To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the "Lock" position.
· To open a door, pull the door handle (2) outward.
5-14
05
· If the inner door handle of the driver's door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position, the button is unlocked and door opens.
· Front doors cannot be locked if the key is in the ignition switch and any front door is open.
· Doors cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is open.
i Information
If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following techniques to exit:
Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle.
Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear.
Lower a front window and use the mechanical key to unlock the door from outside.
With the central door lock/unlock switch
OQXI049007
When pressing the ( ) portion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doors will lock. · If the key is in the ignition switch
and any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (1) of the central door lock switch is pressed. · If the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (1) of the central door lock switch is pressed. When pressing the ( ) portion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doors will unlock.
WARNING
· The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion. If the doors are unlocked, the risk of being thrown from the vehicle in a crash is increased.
· Do not pull the inner door handle of the driver's or passenger's door while the vehicle is moving.
5-15
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Do not leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or serious injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape the vehicle. Children might operate features of the vehicle that could injure them, or they could encounter other harm, possibly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle.
WARNING
Always secure your vehicle
Leaving your vehicle unlocked increases the potential risk to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while depressing the brake, move the shift lever to the P (Park) position (for Dual clutch transmission vehicle) or first gear or R (Reverse) position (for Manual transmission vehicle), engage the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position, close all windows, lock all doors, and always take the key with you.
WARNING
Opening a door when something is approaching may cause damage or injury. Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door.
WARNING
If you stay in the vehicle for a long time while the weather is very hot or cold, there are risks of injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the outside when someone is in the vehicle.
Auto door lock/unlock features Impact sensing door unlock system
All doors will be automatically unlocked when an impact causes the air bags to deploy.
Speed sensing door lock system All doors will be automatically locked when vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (9 mph).
5-16
Child-protector rear door locks
OQXI049008
The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children seated in the rear from accidentally opening the rear doors. The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. The child safety lock is located on the edge of each rear door. When the child safety lock is in the lock position ( ), the rear door will not open if the inner door handle is pulled. To lock the child safety lock, insert a key (or screwdriver) into the hole (1) and turn it to the lock ( ) position. To allow a rear door to be opened from inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety lock.
WARNING
If children accidently open the rear doors while the vehicle is in motion, they could fall out of the vehicle. The rear door safety locks should always be used whenever children are in the vehicle.
05
5-17
Convenient features of your vehicle
7+()7$/$506<67(0,)(48,33('
This system helps to protect your vehicle and valuables. The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously if any of the following occurs:
- A door is opened without using the remote key or smart key.
- The tailgate is opened without using the remote key or smart key.
- The engine hood is opened.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds, then the system resets. To turn off the alarm, unlock the doors with the remote key or smart key.
The Theft Alarm System automatically sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors and the tailgate. For the system to activate, you must lock the doors and the tailgate from outside the vehicle with the remote key or smart key or by pressing the button on the outside of the door handles with the smart key in your possession.
i Information
· Do not lock the doors until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the remaining passenger leaves the vehicle when the system is armed, the alarm will be activated.
· If the vehicle is not disarmed with the remote key or smart key, open the doors by using the mechanical key and place the ignition switch in the ON position (for remote key) or start the engine (for smart key) and wait for 30 seconds.
· When the system is disarmed but a door or tailgate is not opened within 30 seconds, the system will be rearmed.
The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate the system is armed.
Once the security system is set, opening any door, the tailgate, or the hood without using the remote key or smart key will cause the alarm to activate.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if the hood, the tailgate, or any door is not fully closed. If the system will not set, check the hood, the tailgate, or the doors are fully closed.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it.
5-18
05
TAILGATE
Opening the tailgate
Closing the tailgate
To close the tailgate, lower and push down the tailgate firmly. Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched.
OQXI049009
· The tailgate is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked with the key, remote key, smart key or central door lock/ unlock switch.
· If unlocked, the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle and pulling it up.
i Information
In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
WARNING
Always keep the tailgate lid completely closed while the vehicle is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases containing carbon monoxide (CO) may enter the vehicle and serious illness or death may result.
WARNING
Rear cargo area Occupants should never ride in the rear cargo area where no restraints are available. To avoid injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops, occupants should always be properly restrained.
WARNING
NOTICE
Make certain that you close the tailgate before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attaching hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving.
OQXI049011
Do not hold the part (gas lifter) that supports the tailgate. Be aware that the deformation of the part may cause vehicle damage and a risk of safety accident.
5-19
Convenient features of your vehicle
Emergency tailgate safety release
OQXI049010
Your vehicle is equipped with the emergency tailgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the tailgate. When someone is inadvertently locked in the luggage compartment, the tailgate can be opened by doing as follows: 1. Input the mechanical key into the
hole. 2. Push the mechanical key to the
right. 3. Push up the tailgate.
WARNING
· For emergencies, be fully aware of the location of the emergency tailgate safety release lever in the vehicle and how to open the tailgate if you are accidentally locked in the luggage compartment.
· No one should be allowed to occupy the luggage compartment of the vehicle at any time. The luggage compartment is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.
· Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use with extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.
5-20
WINDOWS
Power windows (if equipped)
05
(1) Driver's door power window switch (2) Front passenger's door power window switch (3) Rear door power window switch (Right)* (4) Rear door power window switch (Left)* (5) Window opening and closing (6) Automatic power window* (7) Power window lock switch*
* : if equipped
OQXI049012
5-21
Convenient features of your vehicle
The ignition switch must be in the ON position to be able to raise or lower the windows. Each door has a Power Window switch to control that door's window. The driver has a Power Window Lock switch which can block the operation of rear windows. The power windows will operate for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or LOCK/ OFF position. However, if the front doors are opened, the Power Windows cannot be operated even within the 30 second period.
i Information
· In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
· While driving with the rear windows down, your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise. This noise is normal and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions. If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down, partially lower both front windows approximately 2.5 cm (1 inch).
Window opening and closing
OOS047018
To open or close a window, press down or pull up the front portion of the corresponding switch to the first detent position (5).
Auto up/down window (if equipped) Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch.
5-22
05
To reset the power windows If the power windows do not operate normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:
1. Place the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Close the window and continue pulling up on the power window switch for at least 1 second.
If the power windows do not operate properly after resetting, it is recommended that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature doesn't activate while resetting power window system. Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
Automatic reverse (if equipped)
OIB024001
If a window senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will stop and lower approximately 30 cm (12 in.) to allow the object to be cleared. If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.). If the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reverse feature, the automatic window reverse will not operate.
i Information
The automatic reverse feature is only active when the "auto up" feature is used by fully pulling up the switch to the second detent.
5-23
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Make sure heads, other body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. Objects less than 4 mm (0.16 in.) in diameter caught between the window glass and the upper window channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse window and the window will not stop and reverse direction.
NOTICE
Do not install any accessories on the windows. The automatic reverse feature may not operate.
Power window lock switch (if equipped)
When the power window lock switch is pressed:
· The driver's master control can operate all the power windows.
· The front passenger's control can operate the front passenger's power window.
· The rear passenger's control cannot operate the rear passengers' power window.
NOTICE
· To prevent possible damage to the power window system, do not open or close two windows or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse.
· Never try to operate the main switch on the driver's door and the individual door window switch in opposite directions at the same time. If this is done, the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed.
OQXI049013
The driver can disable the power window switches on the rear passengers' doors by pressing the power window lock switch.
5-24
05
WARNING
· NEVER leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised children, when the engine is running.
· NEVER leave any child unattended in the vehicle. Even very young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to move, entangle themselves in the windows, or otherwise injure themselves or others.
· Always double check to make sure all arms, hands, head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window.
· Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the driver's door power window lock switch in the LOCK position (pressed). Serious injury can result from unintentional window operation by the child.
· Do not extend your head, arms or body outside the win
Manual windows (if equipped)
OYC046423
To raise or lower the window, turn the window regulator handle clockwise or counterclockwise in right side. And left side is opposite direction.
WARNING
When opening or closing the windows, make sure your passenger's arms, hands and body are safely out of the way.
5-25
Convenient features of your vehicle
HOOD
Opening the hood
OQXI049014
1. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park, for Dual clutch transmission vehicle) or first gear or R (Reverse, for Manual transmission vehicle) and set the parking brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop open slightly.
OQXI049016
4. Pull out the support rod. 5. Hold the hood opened with the
support rod.
WARNING
The support rod must be inserted completely into the hole provided whenever you inspect the engine compartment. This will prevent the hood from falling and possibly injuring you.
OQXI049015
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push the secondary latch up (1) inside of the hood center and lift the hood (2).
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the following:
· All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed.
· Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be removed from the engine compartment.
2. Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling.
3. Lower the hood halfway (lifted approximately 30cm from the closed position) and push down to securely lock in place. Then double check to be sure the hood is secure.
5-26
WARNING
Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. Check there is no hood open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster. Driving with the hood opened may cause a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident.
WARNING
· Before closing the hood, ensure that all obstructions are removed from the hood opening. Closing the hood with an obstruction present in the hood opening may result in property damage or severe personal injury.
· Do not leave gloves, rags or any other combustible material in the engine compartment. Doing so may cause a heat-induced fire.
· Do not move the vehicle with the hood raised. The view will be blocked and the hood could fall or be damaged.
05
5-27
Convenient features of your vehicle
681522),)(48,33('
OQXI049017
If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control switch located on the overhead console. The sunroof can only be opened, closed, or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Sunroof opening and closing
Sliding the sunroof
Pressing the sunroof control lever backward or forward momentarily to the second detent position completely opens or closes the sunroof even when the switch is released. To stop the sunroof at the desired position while the sunroof is in operation, press the sunroof control lever backward or forward and release the switch.
i Information
To reduce wind noise while driving, it is recommended that you drive with the sunroof slightly closed (stop the sunroof about 5 cm before the maximum slide open position).
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the sunroof and the motor, do not continue to press the sunroof control lever after the sunroof is in the fully open, closed or tilt position(s).
To open:
OQXI049018
Press the sunroof control lever backward to the first detent position. Release the switch when you want the sunroof to stop.
To close:
Press the sunroof control lever forward to the first detent position. Release the switch when you want the sunroof to stop.
5-28
05
Tilting the sunroof
OQXI049019
Tilt the sunroof open: Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof moves to the desired position.
WARNING
· Make sure heads, other body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the sunroof to avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
· Never adjust the sunroof or sunshade while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
· To avoid serious injury or death, do not extend your head, arms or body outside the sunroof while driving.
To close the sunroof:
Press the sunroof lever forward until the sunroof moves to the desired position.
5-29
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
· Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the sunroof guide rail or between the sunroof and roof panel, which can make a noise.
· Do not try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice, the motor could be damaged. In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly.
i Information
After washing the vehicle or after a rain, be sure to wipe off the water on the sunroof before operating the sunroof.
Sunshade
Resetting the sunroof
Sunroof needs to be reset if (in the followings)
- Battery is discharged or disconnected or the related fuse has been replaced or disconnected
- The one-touch sliding function of the sunroof does not normally operate
1. Place the ignition switch to the ON position or start the engine. It is recommended to reset the sunroof while the engine is running.
2. Push the control lever forward. The sunroof will close completely or tilt depending on the condition of the sunroof.
3. Release the control lever until the sunroof does not move.
4. Push the control lever forward about 10 seconds.
- When the sunroof is in the close position :
The glass will tilt and slightly move up and down.
- When the sunroof is in the tilt position:
The glass will slightly move up and down.
OAD045037
The sunshade will open automatically with the sunroof when the glass panel moves. If you want it closed, move the sunshade manually.
NOTICE The sunroof is made to slide together with the sunshade. Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is open.
5-30
Do not release the lever until the operation is completed. If you release the lever during operation, try again from step 2.
5. Within 3 seconds, push the control lever forward until the sunroof operates as follows:
Tilt down o Slide Open o Slide Close.
Do not release the lever until the operation is completed. If you release the lever during operation, try again from step 2.
6. Release the sunroof control lever after all operation has completed. (The sunroof system has been reset.)
i Information
· If the sunroof does not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, or related fuse is blown, the sunroof may not operate normally.
· For more detailed information, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control switch located on the overhead console. The sunroof can only be opened, closed, or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
05
5-31
Convenient features of your vehicle
FUEL FILLER DOOR
Opening the fuel filler door
OQXI049020
The fuel filler door must be opened from inside the vehicle by pulling up the fuel filler door opener. 1. Stop the engine. 2. Pull the fuel filler door opener up.
i Information
If the fuel filler door does not open because ice has formed around it, tap lightly or push on the door to break the ice and release the door. Do not pry on the door. If necessary, spray around the door with an approved de-icer fluid (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.
Closing the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap (2), turn it clockwise until it "clicks" once. This indicates that the cap is securely tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler door (1) and push it lightly and make sure that it is securely closed.
OQXI049021
3. Pull the fuel filler door out (1) to fully open.
4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it counterclockwise. You may hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes.
5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
WARNING
Petrol is highly flammable and explosive. Failure to follow these guidelines may result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
· Read and follow all warnings posted at the gas station.
· Before refueling, note the location of the Emergency Petrol Shut-Off, if available, at the gas station.
· Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate the potential build-up of static electricity by touching a metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source, with your bare hand.
5-32
05
· Do not use cellular phones while refueling. Electric current and/or electronic interference from cellular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors and cause a fire.
· Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling. You can generate a build-up of static electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric capable of producing static electricity. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
If you must re-enter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other petrol source, with your bare hand.
· When using an approved portable fuel container, be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. Once refueling has begun, contact between your bare hand and the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete.
· Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to carry and store petrol.
· When refueling, always move the shift lever to the P (Park) position (for dual clutch transmission vehicle) or first gear or R (Reverse) position (for manual transmission vehicle), set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position. Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
· Do not use matches or a lighter and do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station, especially during refueling.
· Do not over-fill or top-off your vehicle tank, which can cause petrol spillage.
· If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and immediately contact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide.
· If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can cover your clothes or skin and thus subject you to the risk of fire and burns. Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound, wait until the condition stops before completely removing the cap.
· Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.
5-33
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
· Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the "Fuel Requirements" suggested in the foreword chapter.
· Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint.
NOTICE If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system.
5-34
05
STEERING WHEEL
Electric power steering (EPS)
The system assists you with steering the vehicle. If the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, the vehicle may still be steered, but it will require increased steering effort.
Also, the steering effort becomes heavier as the vehicle's speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle's speed decreases for better control of the steering wheel.
Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally, the warning light ( ) will illuminate on the instru- ment cluster. The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate. Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked as soon as possible.
i Information
The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation:
· The steering effort may be high immediately after placing the ignition switch in the ON position.
This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics. When the diagnostics is completed, the steering wheel will return to its normal condition.
· When the battery voltage is low, you might have to put more steering effort. However, it is a temporary condition so that it will return to normal condition after charging the battery.
· A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is placed to the ON or LOCK/OFF position.
· Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at stop or at a low driving speed.
· When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature, abnormal noise may occur. If temperature rises, the noise will disappear. This is a normal condition.
WARNING
Never adjust the steering wheel while driving. You may lose steering control and cause severe personal injury, death or accidents.
5-35
Convenient features of your vehicle
Horn
Type A
OQXI040330
Pull down the lock-release lever (1) on the steering wheel column and adjust the steering wheel angle (2). Move the steering wheel, so it points toward your chest, not toward your face. Make sure you can see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges.
After adjusting, pull up the lock-release lever (3) to lock the steering wheel in place. Push the steering wheel both up and down to be certain it is locked in position. Always adjust the position of the steering wheel before driving.
Type B
OQXI049023
OSU2I059004
To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed.
NOTICE
Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.
5-36
05
0,55256
Inside rearview mirror
Before you start driving, adjust the rearview mirror to the center on the view through the rear window.
WARNING
Make sure your line of sight is not obstructed. Do not place objects in the rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear headrests which could interfere with your vision through the rear window.
Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night lever is in the day position. Pull the day/night lever toward you to reduce glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.
Blue Link® center (if equipped)
WARNING
To prevent serious injury during an accident or deployment of the air bag, do not modify the rearview mirror and do not install a wide mirror.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the mirror while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Day/night rearview mirror
OQXI049073
For details, refer to the Blue Link® Owner's Guide, infotainment system manual. (1) SOS : Emergency assistance (2) RSA (Road Side Assistance)
- Flat tire - Vehicle break down - Vehicle towing - Emergency fuel (3) BlueLink - Push maps by call center - General assistance
[A] : Day, [B] :Night
OQXI049024
5-37
Convenient features of your vehicle
Outside rearview mirror
Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearview mirrors.
WARNING
Rearview mirrors
· Both right and left outside rear view mirror are convex.
Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear.
· Use your interior rearview mirror or turn your head and look to determine the actual distance of following vehicles when changing lanes.
OIB034041
Manual type (if equipped) To adjust an outside mirror, move the control lever.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the outside rearview mirrors while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident which could cause death, serious injury or property damage.
NOTICE
· Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; this may damage the surface of the glass.
· If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not adjust the mirror by force. Use an approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water, or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.
OQXI049025
Electric type (if equipped) Adjusting the rearview mirrors:
Move the lever (1) to the L (Left) or R (Right) to select the rearview mirror you would like to adjust.
Use the mirror adjustment control to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right.
5-38
05
NOTICE
· The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, the motor may be damaged.
· Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by hand or the motor may be damaged.
Folding the outside rearview mirror
OQXI049027
Electric type (if equipped) To fold the outside rearview mirror, press the button. To unfold outside rearview mirror, press the button again. If the button is pressed, the mirror will fold or unfold automatically.
OQXI049026
Manual type
To fold the outside rearview mirror, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle.
NOTICE
The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the ACC position. However, to prevent unnecessary battery discharge, do not adjust the mirrors longer than necessary while the engine is not running.
NOTICE
Do not fold the electric type outside rearview mirror by hand. It could cause motor failure.
5-39
Convenient features of your vehicle
,167580(17&/867(5
Type A
Type B
1. Tachometer 2. Speedometer 3. Fuel gauge 4. Engine coolant temperature gauge 5. Warning and indicator lights
OQXI049100/OQXI049101
6. Trip mode/reset button 7. Odometer/Trip computer 8. LCD display (including trip comput-
er)
6 JGCEVWCNENWUVGTKPVJGXGJKENGOC[ differ from the illustration. For more details, refer to the "Gauges" in this chapter.
5-40
Instrument Cluster Control
Type A
WARNING
Never adjust the instrument cluster while driving. This could result in loss of control and lead to an accident that may cause death, serious injury, or property damage.
Adjusting Instrument Cluster Illumination (if equipped)
Type B
05
OIB044112
OQXI049028
The brightness of the instrument panel illumination changes by pressing the upper or lower part of the switch when the ignition switch is in the ON position and when the parking lights are turned on.
OHCR046110
If the brightness reaches to the maximum or minimum level, an alarm will sound (if equipped).
5-41
Convenient features of your vehicle
Gauges Speedometer
Type A
Tachometer
Type A
Type B
OQXI049102
Type B
OQXI049104
OQXI049103
The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in kilometers per hour (km/h)
OQXI049105
The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm). Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.
NOTICE
Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage.
5-42
05
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
Type A
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pressure and could cause severe burns. Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir.
Type B
OQXI049106
Fuel Gauge
Type A
OQXI049107
This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Type B
OQXI049108
NOTICE
If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the "H" position, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to "If the Engine Overheats" in chapter 6.
OQXI049109
This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
5-43
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
· The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 8.
· The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light, which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty.
· On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank.
Odometer
Type A
Type B
OQXI049110
WARNING
Fuel Gauge Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger. You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the "E (Empty)" level.
NOTICE
Avoid driving with a very low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter.
OIB044115
The odometer indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed. - Odometer range : 0 ~ 1599999 kilo-
meters or 999999 miles.
i Information
It is forbidden to alter the odometer of all vehicles with the intent to change the mileage registered on the odometer. The alteration may void your warranty coverage.
5-44
Outside Temperature Gauge
Type A
05
Transmission Shift Indicator Duel clutcansmission shifter indicator
Type A
Type B
OQXI049111
Type B
OQXI049112
OIB044155
This gauge indicates the current outside air temperatures by 1°C (1°F).
- Temperature range : - 40°C ~ 85°C (-40°F ~ 211°F)
The outside temperature on the display may not change immediately like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being inattentive.
The temperature unit (from °C to °F or from °F to °C) can be changed as below procedures (if equipped).
- User Settings Mode in the Cluster : You can change the temperature unit in the "Other Features - Temperature unit".
OHCR046128
This indicator displays which duel clutch transmission shift lever is selected. · Park : P · Reverse : R · Neutral : N · Drive : D · Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
5-45
Convenient features of your vehicle
Manual transmission Shift Indicator (if equipped)
Type A
Type B
OQXI049113
For example : Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear). : Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 4th, 5th, or 6th gear).
When the system is not working properly, the indicator is not displayed.
Gear position Pop-up (if equipped)
Type B
OHCR046129
This indicator informs which gear is desired while driving to save fuel. · Shifting up : S2, S3, S4, S5, S6 · Shifting down : T1, T2, T3, T4,
T5
OTL045134
The pop-up that indicates the current gear position is displayed in the cluster for about 2 seconds when shifting into other positions (P/R/N/D).
5-46
05
Warning and indicator lights
i Information - Warnaning light
Make sure that all warning lights are OFF after starting the engine. If any light is still ON, this indicates a situation that needs attention.
Air bag Warning Light
Seat Belt Warning Light
This warning light informs the driver or front passenger that the seat belt is not fastened.
For more details, refer to the "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.
This warning light illuminates:
· Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 6 seconds and then goes off.
· When there is a malfunction with the SRS.
In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds - It remains on if the parking brake
is applied. · When the parking brake is applied. · When the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low. - If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it indicates the brake fluid level is low.
5-47
Convenient features of your vehicle
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required (For more details, refer to "Brake Fluid" in chapter 7). Then check all brake components for fluid leaks. If any leak on brake system is still found, the warning light remains on, or the brakes do not operate properly, do not drive the vehicle.
In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle towed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and inspected.
WARNING
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates that the brake fluid level is low. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diagonal braking systems. This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems working, more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
This warning light illuminates:
· Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
· When there is a malfunction with the ABS (The normal braking system will still be operational without the assistance of the anti-lock brake system).
In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-48
05
Electric Power Steering (EPS) Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. · When there is a malfunction with
the EPS. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
This warning light illuminates: · Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. · When there is a malfunction with
the emission control system. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
- Petrol Engine
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power.
In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
NOTICE
- Diesel Engine with DPF
(if equipped)
When the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) blinks, it may stop blinking after driving the vehicle:
- at more than 60km/h (37 mph), or
- at more than 2nd gear with 1500 ~ 2000 engine rpm for a certain time (for about 25 minutes).
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) continues to blink in spite of the procedure, we recommend that you have the DPF system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If you continue to drive with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) blinking for a long time, the DPF system can be damaged and fuel consumption can worsen.
NOTICE
- Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and/or fuel economy.
5-49
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
- Diesel Engine
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) blinks, some error related to the injection quantity adjustment occurs which could result in loss of engine power, combustion noise and poor emission.
In this case, we recommend that you have the engine control system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It remains on until the engine is
started. · When the engine oil pressure is
low.
Charging System Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It remains on until the engine is started. · When there is a malfunction with either the alternator or electrical charging system.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the engine oil level (For more details, refer to "Engine Oil" in chapter 7). If the level is low, add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
If there is a malfunction with either the alternator or electrical charging system: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the alternator drive belt for looseness or breakage.
If the belt is adjusted properly, there may be a problem in the electrical charging system.
In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
5-50
05
NOTICE
- Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light
· If the engine does not stop immediately after the Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light is illuminated, severe damage could result.
· If the warning light stays on while the engine is running, it indicates that there may be serious engine damage or malfunction. In this case,
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
2. Turn off the engine and check the oil level. If the oil level is low, fill the engine oil to the proper level.
3. Start the engine again. If the warning light stays on after the engine is started, turn the engine off immediately. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
- Low Fuel Level Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning light on or with the fuel level below "E (Empty)" can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter (if equipped).
Overspeed Warning This warning light blinks: This to prevent you from fast driving. When you drive the vehicle more than 80 km/h, the overspeed warning chime sounds once per 100 seconds. When you drive the vehicle more than 120 km/h, the overspeed warning chime also sounds continuously.
Door Ajar Warning Light (for conventional cluster)
This warning light illuminates: When a door is not close securely.
Low Fuel Level Warning Light
Tailgate Open Warning Light (for conventional cluster)
This warning light illuminates: When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
If the fuel tank is nearly empty, add fuel as soon as possible.
This warning light illuminates:
When the tailgate is not close securely.
5-51
Convenient features of your vehicle
Hood Open Warning Light (for conventional cluster)
Immobilizer Indicator Light (without smart key) (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates: · When the hood is not closed se-
curely.
Fuel Filter Warning Light (Diesel Engine)
This warning light illuminates: · When water has accumulated in-
side the fuel filter. In this case, remove the water from the fuel filter. For more details, refer to "Fuel Filter" in chapter 7.
This indicator light illuminates: When the vehicle detects the immobilizer in your key properly while the ignition switch is ON. - At this time, you can start the en-
gine. - The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks: When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
- Fuel Filter Warning Light
· When the Fuel Filter Warning Light illuminates, engine power (vehicle speed & idle speed) may decrease.
· If you keep driving with the warning light on, engine parts (injector, common rail, high pressure fuel pump) may be damaged. If this occurs, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Immobilizer Indicator Light (with smart key) (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates for up to 30 seconds: When the vehicle detects the smart key in the vehicle properly while the Engine Start/Stop button is ACC or ON.
- At this time, you can start the engine.
- The indicator light goes off after starting the engine.
5-52
05
This indicator light blinks for a few seconds: When the smart key is not in the vehicle.
- At this time, you can not start the engine.
This indicator light illuminates for 2 seconds and goes off: When the vehicle can not detect the smart key which is in the vehicle while the Engine Start/Stop button is ON.
In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light blinks: · When the battery of the smart key
is weak.
- At this time, you can not start the engine. However, you can start the engine if you press the Engine Start/Stop button with the smart key. (For more details, refer to "Starting the Engine" in chapter 5).
· When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system.
In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Turn Signal Indicator Light
This indicator light blinks: When you turn the turn signal light on.
If any of the following occurs, there may a malfunction with the turn signal system. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- The indicator light does not blink but illuminates. - The indicator light blinks more rapidly. - The indicator light does not illuminate at all.
High Beam Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: · When the headlights are on and in
the high beam position · When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
Light ON Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
When the parking lights or headlights are on.
5-53
Convenient features of your vehicle
Front Fog Indicator Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates: When the front fog lights are on.
Master Warning Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates : · When the remaining mileage or
time is 0 on the "Service Interval" in the cluster. If the service interval setting is reset, the master warning light turns off.
Glow Indicator Light (Diesel Engine)
This indicator light illuminates: When the engine is being preheated with the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position. - The engine can be started after the
glow indicator light goes off. - The illumination time varies with the
engine coolant temperature, air temperature, and battery condition.
i Information
- Engine Preheating
If the engine does not start within 10 seconds after the preheating is completed, set the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button to the LOCK or OFF position for 10 seconds and then to the ON position in order to preheat the engine again.
KEY OUT Indicator Light (if equipped)
KEY OUT
When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position, if any door is open, the system checks for the smart key.
This indicator light blinks:
When the smart key is not in the vehicle and any door is open with the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC or ON position.
- At this time, if you close all doors, the chime will also sound for approximately 5 seconds.
- The indicator will go off while the vehicle is moving.
If the indicator light remains on or blinks after the engine has warmed up or while driving, there may a malfunction with the engine preheating system.
In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-54
05
Exhaust System (GPF) Warning Light (for petrol engine, if equipped)
This warning light illuminates: · When accumulated soot reaches a
certain amount.
· When this warning light illuminates, it may turn off after driving the vehicle at more than 80 km/h (50 mph) for about 30 minutes (above 3rd gear with 1,500 ~ 4,000 engine rpm).
If this warning light blinks in spite of the procedure (at this time LCD warning message will be displayed), we recommend that you have the GPF system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
If you continue to drive with the GPF warning light blinking for a long time, the GPF system can be damaged and fuel consumption can worsen.
Exhaust System (DPF) Warning Light (for diesel engine, if equipped)
This warning light illuminates: · When there is a malfunction with
the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) system.
When this warning light illuminates, it may turn off after driving the vehicle:
- at more than 60 km/h (37 mph), or
- above 2nd gear with 1500 ~ 2500 engine rpm for a certain time (for about 25 minutes).
If this warning light blinks in spite of the procedure (at this time LCD warning message will be displayed), we recommend that you have the DPF system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
If you continue to drive with the DPF warning light blinking for a long time, the DPF system can be damaged and fuel consumption can worsen.
5-55
Convenient features of your vehicle
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Indicator Light (if equipped)
AUTO STOP Indicator Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates: · When you set the ignition switch to
the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. · When there is a malfunction with the ESC system. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light blinks: · While the ESC is operating.
For more details, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Indicator Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates: · When you set the ignition switch to
the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. · When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button. For more details, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5.
This indicator light illuminates: · When the engine enters the Idle
Stop mode of the ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system.
This indicator light blinks: · When the automatic starting oc-
curs, the AUTO STOP indicator on the cluster will blink for 5 seconds. For more details, refer to the "ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system" in chapter 5.
i Information
When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system, some warning lights(ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or Parking brake warning light) may turn on for a few seconds. This happens because of low battery voltage. It does not mean the system has malfunctioned.
Low Tire Pressure Warning Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates: · When you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
5-56
05
· When one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated (The location of the underinflated tires are displayed on the LCD display).
For more details, refer to
"Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
LCD display messages (if equipped) Shift to "P" position (for smart key system and duel clutch transmission)
Type B
This warning light remains on after blinking for approximately 60 seconds or repeatedly blinks on and off at approximately 3 second intervals: · When there is a malfunction with
the TPMS.
In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
For more details, refer to
"Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
WARNING
Safe Stopping
· The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors.
· If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.
OHCR046113
· This warning message illuminates if you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in P (Park) position.
· At this time, the Engine Start/Stop button turns to the ACC position (If you press the Engine Start/Stop button once more, it will turn to the ON position).
Low Key Battery (for smart key system)
Type B
OQXI049127
This warning message illuminates if the battery of the smart key is discharged when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF position.
5-57
Convenient features of your vehicle
Press start button while turning wheel (for smart key system)
Type B
Check steering wheel lock system (for smart key system)
Type B
OHCR046115
This warning message illuminates if the steering wheel does not unlock normally when the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed. Press the Engine Start/Stop button while turning the steering wheel right and left.
Steering wheel unlocked (for smart key system)
Type B
OHCR046117
This warning message illuminates if the steering wheel does not lock normally when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF position.
Press clutch pedal to start engine (for smart key system and manual transmission)
Type B
OHCR046116
This warning message illuminates if the steering wheel does not lock when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF position.
OHCR046119
This warning message illuminates if the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the clutch pedal.
Depress the clutch pedal to start the engine.
5-58
Press brake pedal to start engine (for smart key system duel clutch transmission)
Type B
Key not detected (for smart key system)
Type B
05
OHCR046118
· This warning message illuminates if the Engine Start/Stop button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal.
· It means that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine.
OIB047137-
This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not detected when you press the Engine Start/Stop button.
Press start button again (for smart key system)
Type B
Key not in vehicle (for smart key system)
Type B
OIB047138-
This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not in the vehicle when you press the Engine Start/ Stop button. Always have the smart key with you.
OHCR046122
This warning message illuminates if you cannot operate the Engine Start/ Stop button when there is a problem with the Engine Start/Stop button system.
Start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/ Stop button once more.
If the warning illuminates each time you press the Engine Start/Stop button, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-59
Convenient features of your vehicle
Press "START" button with key (for smart key system)
Type B
Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine (for smart key system and dual clutch transmission)
Type B
OQXI049126
This warning message illuminates if you press the Engine Start/Stop button while the warning message "Key not detected" is Illuminated. At this time, the immobilizer indicator light will blink.
Check "BRAKE SWITCH" fuse (for smart key system and a duel clutch transmission)
Type B
OHCR046125
· This warning message illuminates if you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position.
i Information
You can start the engine with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position. But, for your safety, we recommend that you start the engine with the shift lever in the P (Park) position.
OHCR046124
· This warning message illuminates if the brake switch fuse is disconnected.
· It means that you should replace the fuse with a new one. If that is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/ Stop button for 10 seconds in the ACC position.
5-60
Door Open
Type B
Tailgate Open
Type B
05
OIB047144
This indicator displays which door is open.
OIB047145
This indicator displays when the tailgate is open.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you should confirm that the door / hood / tailgate is fully closed. Also, check there is no door / hood / tailgate open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster.
Hood Open
Type B
OIB047146
This indicator displays when the hood is open.
5-61
Convenient features of your vehicle
Align steering wheel (if equipped)
Type B
Engine has overheated
Type B
OIB044150
This warning message illuminates if you start the engine when the steering wheel is turned 90 degrees to the left or right.
Turn the steering wheel and make the angle of the steering wheel be less than 30 degrees.
OHCR046133
This warning message illuminates with a warning chime when the engine coolant temperature is above 120°C (248°F). This means that the engine is overheated and may be damaged.
Low Fuel
Type B
OIB044148
This warning message illuminates if the fuel tank is nearly empty. - When the low fuel level warning
light is illuminates. - When the trip computer displays
"--- km(or mile)" as distance to empty.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
5-62
/&'',63/$<&/867(57<3(%
LCD display control (if equipped)
¼ Type A
05
¼ Type B
· Type A
OQXI049029
· Type B
The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons. (1) : MODE button for changing modes (2) , : MOVE switch for changing items (3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item
OSU2I049035
5-63
Convenient features of your vehicle
LCD modes
Modes Trip Computer
Information
Symbol
or
or
Explanation
This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on. F.or more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
This mode informs of the service interval (mileage or days) and warning messages.
User Settings
On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps, and so on.
For controlling the LCD modes, refer to "LCD Display Control" in this chapter.
5-64
05
Cannot edit settings while driving
Type A
Quick guide (Help, if equipped) If you press and hold the OK button in the User Settings Mode, explanation about the selected item is displayed in the cluster.
Trip computer mode
Type B
Type B (DCT)
OIB044163
Type C (M/T)
OHCR046136
This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on.
OHCR046146/OHCR046147
This warning message illuminates if you try to select the other User Settings item when driving.
For safety, change the User Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake (M/T) and moving the shift lever to P (Parking) position (DCT).
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
5-65
Convenient features of your vehicle
Information mode Service Interval
Type B
Type B
OHCR046139
Service in
It calculates and displays when you need a scheduled maintenance service (mileage or days).
If the remaining mileage or time reaches 1,500 km (900 miles) or 30 days, "Service in" message is displayed for several seconds each time you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
For the setting of the service interval, refer to "User Settings Mode" of the LCD display.
OHCR046141
Service required If you do not have your vehicle serviced according to the already inputted service interval, "Service required" message is displayed for several seconds each time you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/ Stop button to the ON position. To reset the service interval to the mileage and days you inputted before: - Press the OK button for more than 1
second.
i Information
If any of the following conditions occurs, the mileage and days may be incorrect. - The battery cable is disconnect-
ed. - The fuse switch is turned off. - The battery is discharged.
Warning Message
If one of followings occurs, warning messages will be displayed on the information mode for several seconds.
- Low fuel etc.
5-66
05
User settings mode (Cluster Type B)
In this mode, you can change setting of the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, and so on.
Door
Items Auto Lock
Auto Unlock
Explanation
· Disable : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated.
· Enable on Speed : All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph (15km/h).
· Enable on Shift : All doors will be automatically locked if the dual clutch transmission shift lever is shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. (Only when the engine is running.)
· Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
· Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch or the Engine Star/ Stop button is set to the OFF position.
· On Shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the dual clutch transmission shift lever is shifted to the P (Park) position. (Only when the engine is running.)
Light
Items
Explanation
· Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
One Touch · 3, 5, 7 Flashes : The lane change signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times
Turn Signal
when the turn signal lever is moved slightly.
For more details, refer to "Light" in this chapter.
· Off: The headlight delay function will be deactivated. Head Lamp De- · On: The headlight delay function will be activated.
lay For more details, refer to "Light" in this chapter.
5-67
Convenient features of your vehicle
Service interval
Items
Explanation
In this mode, you can activate the service interval function with mile-
age (km or mi.) and period (months). Service Interval · Off : The service interval function will be deactivated.
· On :You can set the service interval (mileage and months).
Other features
Items
Fuel Economy Auto Reset
Fuel Economy Unit
Temperature Unit
Explanation · Off : The average fuel economy will not reset automatically when-
ever refueling. · After Ignition : The average fuel economy will reset automatically
whenever it has passed 4 hours after turning OFF the engine. · After Refueling : The average fuel economy will reset automatical-
ly when refueling. For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
Choose the fuel economy unit. (Km/L, L/100km)
Choose the temperature unit. (°C,°F)
Language
Items Language
Choose the language.
Explanation
5-68
75,3&20387(5
Tripmeter/Trip computer
05
Press the trip mode/reset button for less than 1 second to select any mode as follows:
Tripmeter A
Tripmeter B
OQXI049030
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving, when the ignition switch is in the ON position. All stored driving information (except odometer) resets if the battery is disconnected.
Distance to empty* Average fuel consumption* Instant fuel consumption*
Average speed* Elapsed time*
Service Reminder*
* if equipped
5-69
Convenient features of your vehicle
A
B
OQXI049117
OQXI049118
Tripmeter (km or mi.)
A : Tripmeter A
B : Tripmeter B
This mode indicates the distance of individual trips selected since the last tripmeter reset.
OQXI049119
Distance to empty (if equipped) (km or mi.)
This mode indicates the estimated distance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine. When the remaining distance is below 50 km (30 miles), "---" will be displayed.
The meter's working range is from 50 to 999 km (30 to 615 miles).
The meter's working range is from 0.0 to 9999.9 km. (0.0 to 9999.9 miles). Pressing the trip mode/reset button for more than 1 second, when the tripmeter is being displayed, clears the tripmeter to zero (0.0).
5-70
05
OQXI049120
Average fuel consumption (if equipped) (l/100 km or MPG)
This mode calculates the average fuel consumption from the total fuel used and the distance since the last average consumption reset. The total fuel used is calculated from the fuel consumption input. For an accurate calculation, drive more than 300 m (0.18 miles).
Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second, when the average fuel consumption is being displayed, clears the average fuel consumption to zero (--.-).
OQXI049121
Instant fuel consumption (if equipped) (l/100 km or MPG) This mode calculates the instant fuel consumption of the last few seconds.
NOTICE
· If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted, the "Distance to empty" function may not operate correctly.
The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to the vehicle.
· The fuel consumption and distance to empty may vary significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle.
· The distance to empty value is an estimate of the available driving distance. This may differ from the actual driving distance available.
5-71
Convenient features of your vehicle
OQXI049122
Average speed (km/h or MPH) This mode calculates the average speed of the vehicle since the last average speed reset.
Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the average speed keeps going while the engine is running.
Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second, when the average speed is being displayed, clears the average speed to zero (---).
OQXI049123
Elapsed time (if equipped) This mode indicates the total time traveled since the last driving time reset.
Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the driving time keeps going while the engine is running.
The meter's working range is from 00:00~99:59.
Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second, when the driving time is being displayed, clears the driving time to zero (00:00).
5-72
05
Service reminder
Cluster Type B
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving.
OQXI049124
This mode displays the service interval (mileage).
Digital Speedometer
i Information
Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is disconnected.
Trip modes
Fuel Economy · Average Fuel Economy · Instant Fuel Economy
OQXI049125
This message shows the speed of the vehicle (km/h, MPH).
Accumulated Info · Tripmeter · Average Fuel Economy · Elapsed Time
Drive Info · Tripmeter · Average Fuel Economy · Elapsed Time
Dital Speedometer
5-73
Convenient features of your vehicle
Type A
· If the estimated distance is below
1 km (1 mi.), the trip computer will display "----" as distance to empty.
Type B
OQXI049029
· Type A
· Type B
OSU2I049035
To change the trip mode, toggle the ", " switch on the steering wheel. Fuel economy
i Information
· If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted, the distance to empty function may not operate correctly.
· The distance to empty may differ from the actual driving distance as it is an estimate of the available driving distance.
· The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6 gallon) of fuel are added to the vehicle.
· The fuel economy and distance to empty may vary significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle.
Average Fuel Economy (2) · The average fuel economy is cal-
culated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since the last average fuel economy reset.
- Fuel economy range:
0.0 ~ 99.9 L/100km, km/L or MPG
· The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automatically.
OQXI049114
Distance To Empty (1) · The distance to empty is the esti-
mated distance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel. - Distance range: 1 ~ 9999 km or 1 ~ 9999 mi.
Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy manually, press the [OK] button on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average fuel economy is displayed.
5-74
05
Automatic reset To automatically reset the average fuel economy after refueling, select the "Auto Reset" mode in User Settings menu on the LCD display. - After Ignition: The average fuel
economy will reset automatically whenever it has passed 4 hours after turning OFF the engine. - After Refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically when driving speed exceeds 1 km/h, after adding 6 liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel or more.
i Information
The average fuel economy may be inaccurate, when the vehicle drives shorter than 300 meters (0.19 miles) after turning ON the Engine Start/ Stop button.
Instant Fuel Economy (3) · This mode displays the instanta-
neous fuel economy while driving when the vehicle speed is greater than 10 km/h (6.2 mph). - Fuel economy range: 0~30
L/100km, km/L or 0~50 MPG
Accumulated Info display
OQXI049128
This display shows the accumulated trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3). The information is calculated starting from the last reset. To manually reset the information, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Accumulated driving info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously.
The accumulated driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light.)
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.
5-75
Convenient features of your vehicle
Driving Info display
Digital speedometer
OQXI049115
This display shows the trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3).
The information is calculated for each ignition cycle. The driving information data gets initialized, when it has passed 4 hours after turning OFF the engine. In other words, the last driving information is available 4 hours after you have turned on the engine.
OHCR046137
This message shows the speed of the vehicle (km/h, MPH).
To manually reset the information, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Driving info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously.
The driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light.)
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.
5-76
LIGHT
Exterior lights Lighting control
05
OQXI049031
To operate the lights, turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions: (1) OFF position (2) AUTO light position (if equipped) (3) Parking light position (4) Headlight position
Parking light position (
OQXI049033
)
When the light switch is in the parking light position, the parking (position) light, license plate light and instrument panel lights are turned ON.
Headlight position ( )
OQXI049032
When the light switch is in the head light position, the headlights, license plate light and instrument panel lights are turned ON.
i Information
The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights.
5-77
Convenient features of your vehicle
OQXI049034
AUTO light position (if equipped) When the light switch is in the AUTO position, the parking (position) light and headlights will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside the vehicle.
Even with the AUTO light feature in operation, it is recommended to manually turn ON the lights when driving at night or in a fog, or when you enter dark areas, such as tunnels and parking facilities.
NOTICE
· Do not cover or spill anything on the sensor (1) located on the instrument panel.
· Do not clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleanser may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.
· If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the AUTO light system may not work properly.
OQXI049035
High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlight, push the lever away from you. The lever will return to its original position. The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on. To turn off the high beam headlight, pull the lever towards you. The low beams will turn on.
WARNING
Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles approaching you. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver's vision.
5-78
05
OQXI049036
To flash the high beam headlights, pull the lever towards you, then release the lever. The high beams will remain ON as long as you hold the lever towards you.
Turn signals and lane change signals
One-touch lane change function To activate an One-Touch Lane Change function, move the turn signal lever slightly and then release it. The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times.
You can activate/deactivate the One Touch Turn Signal function or choose the number of blinking (3, 5, or 7) from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.
NOTICE
If the turn signal indicator stays on and does not flash, or if it flashes abnormally, a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit. The bulb may require replacement.
OQXI049037
To signal a turn, push down on the lever for a right turn or up for a left turn in position (A). To signal a lane change, move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position (B). The lever will return to the OFF position when released or when the turn is completed. If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.
5-79
Convenient features of your vehicle
Front fog light (if equipped)
OQXI049038
Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. 1. Turn on the park light. 2. Move the light switch (1) to the
front fog light position. 3. To turn off the front fog light, turn
the light switch to the front fog light position again or turn off the parking light.
Battery saver function
The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically turns off the parking lights when the driver removes the ignition key or turns the engine off (for smart key) and opens the driver-side door.
With this feature, the parking lights will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed or the engine is turned off (for smart key), perform the following:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column. Headlight delay function
NOTICE
When in operation, the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power. Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor.
5-80
05
Headlight delay function (if equipped)
If the key is removed from the ignition switch or placed in the ACC or LOCK/ OFF position with the headlights ON, the headlights (and/or parking lights) remain on for about 5 minutes. However, with the engine off if the driver's door is opened and closed, the headlights (and/or parking lights) are turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlights (and/or parking lights) can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the remote key (or smart key) twice or turning the light switch to the OFF or AUTO position. However, if you turn the light switch to the AUTO position when it is dark outside, the headlights will not be turned off.
NOTICE
If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors (except driver's door), the battery saver function does not operate and the headlight delay function does not turn off automatically. Therefore, It causes the battery to be discharged. In this case, make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehicle.
Headlight leveling device (if equipped)
OQXI049039
To adjust the headlight beam level according to the number of the passengers and loading weight in the luggage area, turn the beam leveling switch.
The higher the number of the switch position, the lower the headlight beam level. Always keep the headlight beam at the proper leveling position, or headlights may dazzle other road users.
Listed below are the examples of proper switch settings. For loading conditions other than those listed below, adjust the switch position so that the beam level may be the nearest as the condition obtained according to the list.
Loading condition Switch position
Driver only
0
Driver + Front pas-
0
senger
Full passengers (including driver)
1
Full passengers (in-
cluding driver) + Maximum permissible
2
loading
Driver + Maximum permissible loading
3
5-81
Convenient features of your vehicle
Daytime running light (DRL) (if equipped)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day, especially after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn the dedicated lamp OFF when:
1. The headlights or front fog lights are in the ON position.
2. The engine is turned off.
Interior lights
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights when driving in the dark. The interior lights may obscure your view and cause an accident.
NOTICE Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the engine is turned off or the battery will discharge.
Interior lamp AUTO cut
The interior lamps will automatically go off approximately 20 minutes after the engine is turned off and the doors closed. If a door is opened, the lamp will go off 40 minutes after the engine is turned off. If the doors are locked by the remote key or smart key and the vehicle enters the armed stage of the theft alarm system, the lamps will go off five seconds later.
5-82
05
Front lamps (If equipped)
(1) Front Map Lamp (2) Front Room Lamp
OQXI049040
Front Map Lamp:
Press either the right or left lens to turn the map lamp on or off. This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front passenger.
Front Room Lamp:
The Front Room Lamp Switch activates the front lamps when the switch is pressed in either of the three positions indicated below:
: The front room lamps come on when the front or rear doors are opened if the engine is running or not. When doors are unlocked by the remote key or smart key, the front lamps come on for approximately 15 seconds as long as any door is not opened. The front room lamps go out gradually after approximately 15 seconds if the door is closed. However, if the ignition switch is in the ON position or all doors are locked, the front lamps will turn off immediately. If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC position or the LOCK/OFF position, the front lamps stay on for about 20 minutes. However, if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position, the lamps stays on continuously.
: With the Front Room Lamp in this position, the front room lamps remain on at all times.
: With the Front Room Lamp in this position the front room lamps remain off at all times.
i Information
When the map lamp (1) is turned ON by pressing the lens, the map lamp will not turn off even if the front room lamp switch is in the OFF position.
5-83
Convenient features of your vehicle
Room lamp
: With the Rear Room Lamp in this position, the rear room lamp remain on at all times.
: With the Rear Room Lamp in this position the rear room lamp remain off at all times.
OQXI049041
Rear Door Lamp Switch:
The Rear Room Lamp Switch activates the rear room lamp when the switch is pressed in either of the three positions indicated below
NOTICE Do not leave the lamp switches on for an extended period of time when the engine is turned off.
Luggage room lamp (if equipped)
: The rear room lamp come on when the front or rear doors are opened if the engine is running or not. When doors are unlocked by the remote key or smart key, the rear lamp come on for approximately 15 seconds as long as any door is not opened. The rear room lamp go out gradually after approximately 15 seconds if the door is closed. However, if the ignition switch is in the ON position or all doors are locked, the rear lamp will turn off immediately. If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC position or the LOCK/OFF position, the rear lamp stay on for about 20 minutes. However, if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position, the lamp stays on continuously.
OQXI049042
The luggage room lamp comes on when the tailgate is opened.
NOTICE
The luggage room lamp comes on as long as the tailgate is open. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the tailgate securely after using the luggage room.
5-84
:,3(56$1':$6+(56
Front
· Type A
· Type B
A : Wiper speed control
· MIST Single wipe · OFF Off · INT Intermittent wipe · LO Low wiper speed · HI High wiper speed
B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment
C : Wash with brief wipes
05
Rear
D : Rear wiper/washer control (if equipped) · ON Continuous wipe · OFF - Off
E : Wash with brief wipes (if equipped)
OQXI049043/OQXI049044/OQXI049045
5-85
Convenient features of your vehicle
Windshield wipers
Operates as follows when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle, Move the lever up (MIST) and release it. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position.
OFF : Wipers are not in operation.
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals. To vary the speed setting, move the speed control lever.
LO : Normal wiper speed.
HI : Fast wiper speed.
i Information
If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/or ice before using the wiper and washer, it may damage the wiper and washer system.
Windshield washers
OQXI049046
In the OFF position, pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles. Use this function when the windshield is dirty. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, check the washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not sufficient, you will need to add appropriate non-abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir. The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on the passenger side.
WARNING
When the outside temperature is below freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield using the defroster to prevent the washer fluid from freezing on the windshield and obscuring your vision which could result in an accident and serious injury or death.
5-86
05
NOTICE
· To prevent possible damage to the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty.
· To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry.
· To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.
· To prevent possible damage to the wipers and washer system, use anti-freezing washer fluids in the winter season or cold weather.
Rear window wiper and washer switch (if equipped)
OQXI049047
The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever. Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer. ON Continuous wipe OFF Off
OQXI049048
Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. (if equipped)
5-87
Convenient features of your vehicle
'5,9(5$66,676<67(0
Rear view monitor (if equipped)
WARNING
The Rear View Monitor is not a safety device. It only serves to assist the driver in identifying objects directly behind the middle of the vehicle. The camera does NOT cover the complete area behind the vehicle.
OQXI049049
OQXI049050
The Rear View Camera will activate when the ignition switch is in the ON position and the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position. This is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle through the audio or infotainment system screen while backing-up.
WARNING
· Never rely solely on the rear camera display when backing-up.
· ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.
· Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children.
5-88
05
NOTICE
· Do not spray the camera or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally.
· Do not use any cleanser containing acid or alkaline detergents when cleaning the lens. Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water.
i Information
Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with dirt, water or snow.
Driving Rear view Monitor (DRM) (if equipped)
OQXI049072
You may check the rear view through the screen while driving.
The system is activated when: · Press the custom button (1) when
you set the custom button in the infotainment system as a rearview monitor mode. · Touch the Rear view button on the infotainment system screen (All menus Rear view)
The system is deactivated when:
· Touch the return button ( ) on the infotainment system screen.
· Press the any button on the infotainment system screen.
5-89
Convenient features of your vehicle
Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) System
OQXI049051
[A] : Sensor
The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) System assists the driver during reverse movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within the distance of about 120 cm (47 in.) behind the vehicle. This is a supplemental system that senses objects within the range and location of the sensors, it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed.
WARNING
· ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.
· Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children.
· Be aware that some objects may not be detected by the sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor.
Operation of the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) System
Operation condition
· This system will activate when backing up with the power on.
· Sensing distance when backing up is approximately 120 cm (47 in.) when you are driving less than 10 km/h (6 mph).
· When more than two objects are sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first.
Types of warning indicator and sound
Distance from object
120cm ~ 61cm
(47 in. ~ 24 in.)
60cm ~ 31cm (24 in. ~ 12 in.)
Warning indicator
Warning sound
Buzzer beeps inter-
mittently.
Buzzer beeps more frequently.
Less than 30 cm (12 in.)
Buzzer beeps continuously.
5-90
05
NOTICE
· If an object is in between sensors or close to a sensor, the displayed indicator may differ from the above illustration.
· Do not wash the vehicle's sensor with high pressure water.
· When you shift into the R (Reverse) position and one or more of the below situation occurs, this may indicate a malfunction with the parking assist system.
· You don't hear an audible warning sound or the buzzer sounds intermittently.
·
is displayed. (if equipped)
If this occurs, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Non-operational conditions of Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) System The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) System may not operate normally when:
· Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
· The sensor is covered or stained with foreign material, such as snow or water, or the sensor cover is blocked.
There is a possibility of a parking assist system malfunction when:
· Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or gradient.
· Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes can interfere with the sensor.
· Heavy rain or water spray is present.
· Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are present near the sensor.
· The sensor is covered with snow.
· Any non-factory equipment or accessories have been installed, or if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified.
5-91
Convenient features of your vehicle
Detecting range may decrease when: · Outside air temperature is ex-
tremely hot or cold. · Undetectable objects smaller than
about 1 m (40 in.) and narrower than about 14 cm (6 in.) in diameter.
The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor: · Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles. · Objects, which tend to absorb sen-
sor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow.
i Information
The system may not recognize objects less than 30 cm (12 in.) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance.
NOTICE Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
WARNING
Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants due to a Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) System malfunction. Always drive safely and cautiously.
5-92
05
&/,0$7(&21752/6<67(0
Defroster
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window, never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window. If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield, refer to "Windshield defrosting and defogging" in this section.
Rear window defroster (if equipped)
Manual Climate Control System
To activate the rear window defroster, press the rear window defroster button located in the climate control system. The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON.
To turn off the defroster, press the rear window defroster button again.
i Information
· If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster.
· The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off.
OQXI049302
Automatic Climate Control System
OQXI049303
The defroster heats the window to remove frost, fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window, while engine is running.
5-93
Convenient features of your vehicle
Manual climate control system (if equipped)
(1) Temperature control knob (2) Fan speed control knob (3) Mode selection knob (4) Air intake control button
(recirculated air position or outside (fresh) air position) (5) A/C (Air conditioning) button (6) Rear window defroster button (if equipped)
OQXI049300
5-94
Heating and air conditioning
05
OQXI049304
1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling : - Heating: - Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air or recirculated air position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on.
5-95
Convenient features of your vehicle
Mode selection
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters and side vents.
OQXI049305
The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system.
Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield. Five symbols are used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost air position.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side vents.
Face-Level (B, D, E)
Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)
Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield, side window defrosters and side vents.
5-96
Front
Temperature control
05
Rear
OQXI049306
OQXI049308
The temperature will increase by turning the knob to the right.
The temperature will decrease by turning the knob to the left.
Air intake control
OQXI049307
Instrument panel vents The outlet vents located in the rear can be opened or closed separately using the thumbwheel.
Also, you can adjust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown.
OQXI049309
This button is used to select the outside (fresh) air position or recirculated air position.
5-97
Convenient features of your vehicle
Recirculated air position The indicator light on the button illuminates when the recirculated air position is selected.
With the recirculated air position selected, air from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the climate control system and heated or cooled according to the function selected.
Outside (fresh) air position The indicator light on the button will turn off when the outside (fresh) air position is selected.
With the outside (fresh) air position selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.
· Continued use of the climate control system operation in the recirculated air position (without the air conditioning selected) may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility.
· Do not sleep in a vehicle with air conditioning or heating system on. It may cause serious harm or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature.
Fan speed control
i Information
Prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.
OQXI049310
Turn the knob to the right to increase the fan speed and airflow. Turn the knob to the left to decrease fan speed and airflow.
WARNING
· Continued use of the climate control system operation in the recirculated air position can cause drowsiness or sleepiness, that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position as much as possible while driving.
5-98
05
Air conditioning (A/C)
OQXI049311
Press the A/C button to turn the air conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate). Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off.
System operation Ventilation 1. Select the Face Level mode. 2. Set the air intake control to the out-
side (fresh) air position. 3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the de-
sired speed.
Heating 1. Select the Floor Level mode. 2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on. If the windshield fogs up, select the Floor & Defrost mode or select the Front Defroster mode.
Operation Tips
· To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the car through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position. Return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
· To prevent inside of the windshield from fogging, set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature.
Air conditioning
HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are filled with a R-134a refrigerant.
1. Start the engine.
2. Push the air conditioning button.
3. Set the mode to the Face Level mode.
4. Set the air intake control to the recirculated air position. However, prolonged operation of the recirculated air position will excessively dry the air. In this case, change the air position.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the extreme left position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed.
5-99
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
When using the air conditioning system, monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation may cause engine overheating. Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the engine temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.
Air conditioning system operation tips
· If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape.
· After sufficient cooling has been achieved, switch back from the recirculated air to the fresh outside air position.
· To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system with the windows closed.
· Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance.
· If you operate air conditioner excessively, the difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection knob or button to the position and fan speed control to the lower speed.
5-100
System maintenance
Outside air Recirculated air
Blower
Climate control air filter
Evaporator Heater core core
1LDA5047
Climate control air filter
This filter is installed behind the glove box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the heating and air conditioning system.
We recommend the climate control air filter be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the maintenance schedule. If the car is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads, more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, we recommend the system be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
05
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the performance of the air conditioning system. Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur. To prevent damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.
OQX089050N
Air Conditioning refrigerant label You can find out which air conditioning refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on the label located underside of the hood.
Example
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-134a
Since the refrigerant is operated at very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to individuals and environment. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to serious injuries.
OHCM059040
Each symbols and specification on theair conditioning refrigerant label is represented as below: 1. Classification of refrigerant 2. Amount of refrigerant 3. Classification of compressor lubri-
cant 4. Caution 5. Service manual
5-101
Convenient features of your vehicle
Automatic climate control system (if equipped)
1. Fan speed control knob 2. Temperature control knob 3. AUTO (automatic control) button 4. OFF button 5. Mode selection button 6. Recirculation mode/Fresh mode 7. Rear window defroster button (if equipped) 8. Front windshield defroster button 9. A/C (Air conditioning) button 10. Climate control screen
5-102
OQXI049301
05
Automatic heating and air conditioning The Automatic Climate Control System is controlled by setting the desired temperature.
OQXI049312
1. Press the AUTO button. The modes, fan speeds, air intake and air-conditioning will be controlled automatically by the temperature setting you select.
To turn the automatic operation off, select any button of the following:
- Mode selection button
- Front windshield defrost button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function.
- Fan speed control button
The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically.
For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 23°C (73°F).
OQXI049318
2. Turn the temperature control knob to the desired temperature. If the temperature is set to the lowest setting (LO), the air conditioning system will operate continuously.
5-103
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
OQXI049314
Never place anything near the sensor located to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system.
Manual heating and air conditioning
The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected.
When pressing any button (or turning any knob) except the AUTO button while using automatic operation, the functions not selected will be controlled automatically.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Press the fresh button.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
7. Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system.
5-104
05
OQXI049304
5-105
Convenient features of your vehicle
Mode selection
OQXI049315
The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system.
OQXI049316
Defrost-Level (A, D) Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters.
Face-Level (B, D, E)
Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.
Floor-Level (A, C, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield.
5-106
Front
Temperature control
05
Rear
OQXI049306
OQXI049307
Instrument panel vents The outlet vents located in the rear can be opened or closed separately using the thumbwheel.
Also, you can adjust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown.
OQXI049318
The temperature will increase to the maximum (HI) by turning the knob to the right. The temperature will decrease to the minimum (LO) by turning the knob to the left. The temperature will increase or decrease by 0.5°C/1°F each time you turn the knob. When set to the lowest temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously.
Air intake control
OQXI049317
The air intake control button is used to select either Fresh mode (outside air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).
5-107
Convenient features of your vehicle
Recirculation mode
When Recirculation mode is selected, air from the passenger compartment will be recirculated through the system and heated or cooled according to the function selected.
· Do not sleep in a vehicle with air conditioning or heating system on. It may cause serious harm or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature.
Fan speed control
Fresh mode
When Fresh mode is selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.
i Information
Prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.
OQXI049313
Turn the knob to the right increase the fan speed and air flow. Turn the knob to the left to decrease fan speed and air flow.
WARNING
· Continued use of the climate control system operation in the recirculated air position can cause drowsiness or sleepiness, that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) mode as much as possible while driving.
· Continued use of the climate control system operation in the recirculated air position (without the air conditioning selected) may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility.
Air conditioning
OQXI049319
Push the A/C button to manually turn the system on (indicator light will illuminate) and off.
5-108
05
OFF mode
OQXI049320
Push the OFF button to turn off the climate control system. You can still operate the mode and air intake buttons with the ignition switch in the ON position.
System operation Ventilation 1. Select the Face Level mode. 2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) mode. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
Heating 1. Select the Floor Level mode. 2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) mode. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on. If the windshield fogs up, select the Front Defroster mode.
Operation Tips · To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the car through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated mode. Return the control to the fresh mode when the irritation has passed. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
· To prevent inside of the windshield from fogging, set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature.
Air conditioning (if equipped) HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are filled with a R-134a refrigerant.
1. Start the engine.
2. Push the air conditioning button.
3. Set the mode to the Face Level mode.
4. Set the air intake control to the recirculated mode. However, prolonged operation of the recirculated mode. will excessively dry the air. In this case, change the mode.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the lowest setting (LO) then set the fan speed control to the highest speed.
5-109
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
When using the air conditioning system, monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation may cause engine overheating. Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the engine temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.
Air conditioning system operation tips
· If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape.
· After sufficient cooling has been achieved, switch back from the recirculated mode to the fresh mode.
· To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system with the windows closed.
· Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance.
· If you operate air conditioner ex-
cessively, the difference between
the temperature of the outside air
and that of the windshield could
cause the outer surface of the
windshield to fog up, causing loss
of visibility. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button to
the
position and fan speed
control to the lower speed.
System maintenance
Outside air
Recirculated air
Blower
Climate control air filter
Evaporator Heater core core
1LDA5047
Climate control air filter
This filter is installed behind the glove box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the heating and air conditioning system.
We recommend the climate control air filter be cleaned according to the maintenance schedule. If the car is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads, more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and cleaning are required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, we recommend the system be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-110
05
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the performance of the air conditioning system. Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur. To prevent damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.
OQX089050N
Air Conditioning refrigerant label You can find out which air conditioning refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on the label located underside of the hood.
Example
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-134a
Since the refrigerant is operated at very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to individuals and environment. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to serious injuries.
OHCM059040
Each symbols and specification on theair conditioning refrigerant label is represented as below: 1. Classification of refrigerant 2. Amount of refrigerant 3. Classification of compressor lubri-
cant 4. Caution 5. Service manual
5-111
Convenient features of your vehicle
Windshield defrosting and defogging
WARNING
Do not use the or position during cooling operation in extremely humid weather. The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. Set the mode selection to the position and fan speed control to a lower speed.
· For maximum defrosting, set the temperature control to the extreme right/hot position and the fan speed control to the highest speed.
· If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging, set the mode to the floor-defrost position.
· Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windshield, rear window, outside rear view mirrors, and all side windows.
· Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet at the buttom of the windshield.
· If the engine temperature is still cold after starting, then a brief engine warm up period may be required for the vented air flow to become warm or hot.
Manual climate control system
OQXI049321
To defog inside windshield 1. Select desired fan speed. 2. Select desired temperature. 3. Select the or position. 4. The outside (fresh) air will be se-
lected automatically. Additionally, the air conditioning will automatically operate if the mode is selected to the or position. If the air conditioning and outside (fresh) mode are not selected automatically, press the corresponding button manually.
5-112
05
Automatic climate control system To defog inside windshield
OQXI049322
To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position. 2. Set the temperature to the extreme
hot position. 3. Select the position. 4. The outside (fresh) mode and air
conditioning will be selected automatically.
OQXI049323
1. Select desired fan speed.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The air-conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature, outside (fresh) and higher fan speed will be selected automatically.
If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh) air position and higher fan speed are not selected automatically, adjust the corresponding button or knob manually.
If the position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to higher fan speed.
5-113
Convenient features of your vehicle
To defrost outside windshield
Clean air (if equipped)
OQXI049324
1. Set the fan speed to the highest position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The air-conditioning will turn o n according to the detected ambient temperature and outside (fresh) mode will be selected automatically.
If the position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to higher fan speed.
OQXI049325
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the clean air function turns on automatically. Also, the clean air function turns off automatically, when the ignition switch turns to the OFF position.
5-114
6725$*(&203$570(17
WARNING
Flammable materials
Do not store cigarette lighters, propane cylinders, or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods.
Center console storage (if equipped)
05
WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment covers closed securely while driving. Items inside your vehicle are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items may fly out of the compartment and may cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.
OQXI049052
To open the center console storage, pull up the lever.
Sliding armrest (if equipped)
NOTICE
To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartment.
OQXI049053
To move the armrest forward: Grab the front portion of the armrest (1) then pull it forward.
To move the armrest rearward:
Grab the front portion of the armrest (1) then push the armrest rearward.
WARNING
Do not grab the front portion of the armrest (1) when moving the armrest rearward. You may hurt your fingers.
5-115
Convenient features of your vehicle
Glove box
Cool box (if equipped)
OQXI049054
To open the glove box, pull the lever and the glove box will automatically open. Close the glove box after use.
WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box door after use. An open glove box door can cause serious injury to the passenger in an accident, even if the passenger is wearing a seat belt.
OQXI049055
You can keep beverage cans or other items cool in the glove box. 1. Turn on the air conditioning. 2. Turn the open/close switch (1) of
the vent installed in the glove box to the open position. 3. When the cool box is not used, turn the switch (1) to the closed position.
WARNING
Do not put perishable food in the cool box because it may not maintain the necessary consistent temperature to keep the food fresh.
i Information
· If the vent is blocked by items in the coolbox, cooling will be reduced.
· If the climate control system temperature control is in the warm or hot position, warm or hot air will flow into the glove box.
5-116
Luggage box (if equipped)
OIB047035
You can place a first aid kit, a reflector triangle, tools, etc. in the box for easy access. To use the luggage box, lift the floor cover of the luggage compartment.
05
5-117
Convenient features of your vehicle
INTERIOR FEATURES
Clock (if equipped) WARNING
Do not adjust the clock while driving. You may lose your steering control and cause severe personal injury or accidents.
Cup holder Front
OQXI049056
Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders. Rear (if equipped)
WARNING
· Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is in use to prevent spilling your drink. If hot liquid spills, you could be burned. Such a burn to the driver could cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
· Do not place uncovered or unsecured cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup holder containing hot liquid while the vehicle is in motion. Injuries may result in the event of sudden stop or collision.
· Only use soft cups in the cup holders. Hard objects can injure you in an accident.
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a hot vehicle. It may explode.
OQXI049057
Pull the armrest down to use the cup holders.
NOTICE
· Keep your drinks sealed while driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts.
· When cleaning spilled liquids, do not dry the cup holder at high temperature. This may damage the cup holder.
5-118
Sunvisor
Driver's side
Power outlet
Front · Type A
05
Passenger's side
OIB044027
· Type B
OQXI049058
OIB044028
Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows.
A mirror (if equipped) and ticket holder (if equipped) is provided on the sunvisor.
Rear
OQXI049059
WARNING
For your safety, do not block your view when using the sunvisor.
OQXI049060
The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The devices should draw less than 180W (Watt) with the engine running.
5-119
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place your fingers or foreign objects (pin, etc.) into a power outlet or touch the power outlet with a wet hand.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the Power outlet:
· Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge.
· Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 180W (Watt) in electric capacity.
· Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet.
· Close the cover when not in use.
· Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle's power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle.
· Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open.
· Plug in battery equipped electrical/electronic devices with reverse current protection. The current from the battery may flow into the vehicle's electrical/ electronic system and cause system malfunction.
5-120
USB charger (if equipped)
Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)
05
OQXI049061
The USB charger is designed to recharge batteries of small size electrical devices using a USB cable.
The electrical devices can be recharged when the Engine Start/ Stop button is in the ACC, ON or START position.
The battery charging state may be monitored on the electrical device.
Disconnect the USB cable from the USB port after use.
· A smart phone or a tablet PC may get warmer during the re-charging process. It does not indicate any malfunction with the charging system.
· A smart phone or a tablet PC, which adopts a different recharging method, may not be properly re-charged. In this case, use an exclusive charger of your device.
· The charging terminal is only to recharge a device. Do not use the charging terminal either to turn ON an audio or to play media on the infotainment system.
OFS040126
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to attach the front floor mats to the vehicle. The anchors on the front floor carpet keep the floor mats from sliding forward.
Coat hook (if equipped)
OOS047065
These hooks are not designed to hold large or heavy items.
5-121
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
OGSB047265L
Do not hang other objects such as hangers or hard objects except clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp or breakable objects in the clothes pockets. In an accident or when the curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury.
WARNING
The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.
· Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle.
· Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
· Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position.
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was manufactured with driver's side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal operation, HYUNDAI recommends that the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed.
5-122
05
Cargo area cover (if equipped)
NOTICE
Do not put luggage on the cover since it may be damaged or malformed.
OQXI049062
Use the cargo area cover to hide items stored in the cargo area. The cargo area cover can be uprighted or removed.
WARNING
· Do not place objects on the cargo area cover. Such objects may be thrown about inside the vehicle and possibly injure vehicle occupants during an accident or braking.
· Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is designed for luggage only.
OQX059153
· Fully insert the hinges (A) on both sides of the cargo area cover into position B. If not fully inserted, the cargo area cover can be damaged.
5-123
Convenient features of your vehicle
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Roof rack (if equipped)
OQXI049063
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can load cargo on top of your vehicle.
i Information
If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, be sure not to position cargo onto the roof rack in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof operation.
NOTICE · When carrying cargo on the roof
rack, take the necessary precautions to make sure the cargo does not damage the roof of the vehicle. · When carrying large objects on the roof rack, make sure they do not exceed the overall roof length or width.
WARNING
· The following specification is the maximum weight that can be loaded onto the roof rack. Distribute the load as evenly as possible onto the roof rack and secure the load firmly.
Loading cargo or luggage in excess of the specified weight limit on the roof rack may damage your vehicle.
ROOF
70 kg (154 lbs.)
RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
· The vehicle centre of gravity will be higher when items are loaded onto the roof rack. Avoid sudden starts, braking, sharp turns, abrupt manoeuvres or high speeds that may result in loss of vehicle control or rollover resulting in an accident.
· Always drive slowly and turn corners carefully when carrying items on the roof rack. Severe wind updrafts, caused by passing vehicles or natural causes, can cause sudden upward pressure on items loaded on the roof rack. This is especially true when carrying large, flat items such as wood panels or mattresses. This could cause the items to fall off the roof rack and cause damage to your vehicle or others around you.
· To prevent damage or loss of cargo whilst driving, check frequently before or whilst driving to make sure the items on the roof rack are securely fastened.
5-124
6. Infotainment System
Infotainment system ..........................................................................................6-2 USB and iPod® port .........................................................................................6-2 Antenna ............................................................................................................6-2 Steering wheel audio control .........................................................................6-3 Audio / Video (AV) ...........................................................................................6-5 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free ...................................................6-5 How vehicle audio works............................................................................... 6-6
Audio (Without Touch Screen).......................................................................... 6-9 System layout control panel ....................................................................... 6-9 System layout steering wheel remote control ......................................... 6-13 Turning the system on or off......................................................................... 6-16 Turning the display on or off......................................................................... 6-16
6 Getting to know the basic operations.......................................................... 6-16
Radio.................................................................................................................. 6-18 Turning on the radio ...................................................................................... 6-18 Changing the radio mode............................................................................. 6-19 Scanning for available radio stations ........................................................... 6-19 Searching for radio stations.......................................................................... 6-19 Saving radio stations .................................................................................... 6-20 Listening to saved radio stations................................................................. 6-20
Media Player...................................................................................................... 6-21 Using the media player ................................................................................. 6-21 Using the USB mode ..................................................................................... 6-21
Bluetooth ...........................................................................................................6-25 Connecting Bluetooth devices.....................................................................6-25 Using a Bluetooth audio device ................................................................... 6-27 Using a Bluetooth phone ............................................................................. 6-30
System status icons ..........................................................................................6-33 Audio system specifications ............................................................................6-35
USB ................................................................................................................ 6-36 Bluetooth .......................................................................................................6-37
Trademarks ........................................................................................................ 6-37
Infotainment System
INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM
NOTICE
· If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp, your vehicle's audio and electronic device may malfunction.
· Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage, button struck issues or discoloration.
USB and iPod® port (if equipped)
Antenna
Type A
Type B
OQXI049065
Type C
OQXI049066
OQXI049064
You can use an USB port to plug in an USB or an iPod®.
NOTE : Please go through USB compatibility list in HYUNDAI India website.
i Information
When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the power source of the portable audio device.
OQXI049067
Type A,B
The roof antenna receives DRM and both AM and FM broadcast signals. Rotate the roof antenna in a counterclockwise direction to remove it. Rotate it in a clockwise direction to reinstall it.
ÃiPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.
6-2
06
Type C
The shark fin antenna receives transmitted data. (for example: AM/FM, and DRM)
Steering wheel audio control (if equipped)
Type A
NOTICE
· Before entering a place with a low height clearance, be sure that the antenna is removed.
· Be sure to remove the antenna before washing the vehicle in an automatic car wash or it may be damaged.
· When reinstalling your antenna, it is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure proper reception. But it could be removed when parking the vehicle.
Type B
OQXI049068
NOTICE
Installation of aftermarket antenna may result in water leakage, wind noise, rattling & improper radio operation. We recommend to use the antenna available with an authorized Hyundai dealer.
Type C
OQXI049069
i Information
Some models do not have audio (plastic blanking cover) system, and will not supply radio main cable. Thus if you want to insert Aftermarket audio or OEM audio to listen radio broadcasting service, we recommend to use the feeder cable available with an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OQXI049070
6-3
Infotainment System
Type D
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)
If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressed for 0.8 second or more, it will work as follows in each mode.
Type E
OSU2I059058
RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button. It will SEEK until next channel is reached.
MEDIA mode It will function as the FF/REW button.
If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressed for less than 0.8 second, it will work as follows in each mode.
OSU2I059057
The steering wheel audio control button is installed to promote safe driving.
NOTICE Do not operate audio remote control buttons simultaneously.
RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION select buttons.
MEDIA mode It will function as the TRACK UP/ DOWN button.
VOLUME (VOL +/-) (1)
· Press the up button (+) to increase volume.
· Press the down button (-) to decrease volume.
6-4
06
MODE (3) Press t he MODE button to toggle between available Media sources like Radio, USB, iPod, BT Audio, AUX* (Auxiliary).
* : if equipped
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free (if equipped)
Type A
MUTE (4, if equipped) · Press the button to mute the
sound. · Press the button again to activate
the sound.
Detailed information for audio control buttons is included in the following pages in this chapter.
Type B
OQXI049071
Audio / Video (AV) (if equipped)
Detailed information for the infotainment system is described in a separately supplied manual.
OSU2I059058
You can use the phone wirelessly by using the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.
(1) Call / Answer button : Press the button shortly.
Voice recognition mode (if equipped) : Press the button longer when you have an Android Auto or Carplay connection.
(2) Call end button
(3) Microphone
· Audio : For detailed information, refer to "AUDIO" in this chapter.
· infotainment system: : Detailed information for the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free is described in the manual supplied separately.
6-5
Infotainment System
How vehicle audio works
FM reception
FM reception
JBM001
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city. They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle. This signal is then processed by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers.
When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle, the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best possible quality reproduction. However, in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear.
This can be due to factors, such as the distance from the radio station, closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings, bridges or other large obstructions in the area.
JBM002
AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts. This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies. These long distance, low frequency radio waves can follow the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight. In addition, they curve around obstructions resulting in better signal coverage.
FM reception
JBM003
FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth's surface. Because of this, FM broadcasts generally begin to fade within short distances from the station. Also, FM signals are easily affected by buildings, mountains, and obstructions. This can lead to undesirable or unpleasant listening conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio.
6-6
The following conditions are normal FM reception and do not indicate radio trouble:
FM reception
06
JBM004
· Fading - As your vehicle moves away from the radio station, the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade. When this occurs, we suggest that you select another stronger station.
· Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the transmitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering noises to occur. Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the disturbance clears.
OJF045311L
· Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering. This can be caused by a direct and reflected signal from the same station, or by signals from two stations with close frequencies. If this occurs, select another station until the condition has passed.
Using a cellular phone or a twoway radio
When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle, noise may be produced from the audio system. This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment. In such a case, use the cellular phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment.
NOTICE
When using a communication system such as a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle, a separate external antenna must be fitted. When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone, it may interfere with the vehicle's electrical system and adversely affect safe operation of the vehicle.
6-7
Infotainment System
WARNING
Do not use a cellular phone while driving. Stop at a safe location to use a cellular phone.
iPod®
iPod® is a registered trademark of Apple Inc.
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by HYUNDAI is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. A Bluetooth® Wireless Technology enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.
6-8
$8',2:,7+287728&+6&5((1
System layout control panel
¼ Type A
06
(1) SEEK/TRACK button · Change the station/track/file. · While listening to the radio, press
and hold to search for a station. · While playing media, press and
hold to rewind or fast forward.
(2) MENU button/CLOCK button · Press to access the menu screen
for the current mode. · Press and hold to access the time
setup screen.
(3) TUNE knob/FILE knob/ENTER button
· While listening to the radio, turn to adjust the frequency.
· While playing media, turn to search for a track/file.
· While searching by turning the knob, press to select the current track/file.
(4) RADIO button
· Press to display the radio mode selection window.
· When the mode selection window displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired mode and then press the knob.
· When the Mode popup is not selected in [MENU/CLOCK] X Mode Popup, press the [RADIO] button on the control panel to change the mode. Each time you press the [RADIO] button on the control panel, the mode switches to radio FM X AM in order.
à The actual features in the car may differ from the illustration. 6-9
Infotainment System
¼ Type A
(5) MEDIA button · Play content from a media storage
device.
(6) FAV button · While listening to the radio, press
to move to next page of the preset list.
(7) POWER button/VOL knob · Press to turn the system on or off. · Turn to the left or right to adjust the
system sound volume.
(8) Number buttons (1 RPT~ 4 BACK)
· While listening to the radio, press to listen to a saved radio station.
· While listening to the radio, press and hold to save the current radio station to the preset.
· In the USB mode, press the [1 RPT] button to change the repeat mode. Press the [2 SHFL] button to change the shuffle mode.
· Press the [4 BACK] button to return to the previous screen (except for the radio preset list).
à The actual features in the car may differ from the illustration. 6-10
¼ Type B
06
(With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology)
(1) SEEK/TRACK button · Change the station/track/file. · While listening to the radio, press
and hold to search for a station. · While playing media, press and
hold to rewind or fast forward (except for the Bluetooth audio mode).
(2) MENU button/CLOCK button · Press to access the menu screen
for the current mode. · Press and hold to access the time
setup screen.
(3) TUNE knob/FILE knob/ENTER button
· While listening to the radio, turn to adjust the frequency.
· While playing media, turn to search for a track/file (except for the Bluetooth audio mode).
· While searching by turning the knob, press to select the current track/file.
(4) AUDIO button
· Press to display the radio/media mode selection window.
· When the mode selection window displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired mode and then press the knob.
· When the Mode popup is not selected in [MENU/CLOCK] X Mode Popup, press the [AUDIO] button on the control panel to change the mode. Each time you press the [AUDIO] button on the control panel, the mode switches to radio X media in order.
à The actual features in the car may differ from the illustration. 6-11
Infotainment System
¼ Type B
(With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology)
(5) PHONE button · Press to start connecting a mobile
phone via Bluetooth. · After a Bluetooth phone connec-
tion is made, press to access the Bluetooth phone menu.
(6) FAV button · While listening to the radio, press
to move to next page of the preset list.
(7) POWER button/VOL knob · Press to turn the system on or off. · Turn to the left or right to adjust the
system sound volume.
(8) Number buttons (1 RPT~ 4 BACK)
· While listening to the radio, press to listen to a saved radio station.
· While listening to the radio, press and hold to save the current radio station to the preset.
· In the USB/Bluetooth audio modes, press the [1 RPT] button to change the repeat mode. Press the [2 SHFL] button to change the shuffle mode.
· Press the [4 BACK] button to return to the previous screen (except for the radio preset list).
à The actual features in the car may differ from the illustration. 6-12
06
System layout steering wheel remote control
Type A
(1) MODE button
· Press to switch between radio and media modes.
· If no media is connected, each time this is pressed, it toggles between the radio modes (FM X AM X FM).
· Press and hold to turn the system on or off.
(2) Volume lever
· Push up or down to adjust the volume.
(Bluetooth® equipped model)
Type B
(3) Up/Down lever
· Change the station/track/file.
· While listening to the radio, push to listen to the previous/next saved radio station.
· While listening to the radio, push and hold to search for a station.
· While playing media, push and hold to rewind or fast forward (except for the Bluetooth audio* mode).
· While playing media push to listen to the previous/next song.
* : if equipped
(Bluetooth® equipped model) Ã The actual features in the car may
differ from the illustration.
6-13
Infotainment System
(4) MUTE button · Press to mute or unmute the system. · During a call, press to mute or un-
mute the microphone. · While playing media, press to
pause or resume playback.
(5) Call/Answer button (if equipped) · Press to start connecting a mobile
phone via Bluetooth. · After a Bluetooth phone connec-
tion is made, press to access your call history. Press and hold to dial the most recent phone number. When a call comes in, press to answer the call. · During a call, press to switch between the active call and the held call. Press and hold to switch the call between the system and the mobile phone. · In 3-way call, swaps between calls.
(6) Call end button (if equipped) · When a call comes in, reject the
call. · During a call, end the call. ·
WARNING - About driving
· Do not operate the system while driving. Driving while distracted may result in a loss of vehicle control, potentially leading to an accident, severe personal injury, or death. The driver's primary responsibility is the safe and legal operation of a vehicle, and any handheld devices, equipment, or vehicle systems which divert the driver's attention from this responsibility should never be used during operation of the vehicle.
· Avoid watching the screen while driving. Driving while distracted may lead to a traffic accident. Stop your vehicle in a safe location before using functions that require multiple operations.
· Stop your vehicle first before using your mobile phone. Using a mobile phone while driving may lead to a traffic accident. If necessary, use the Bluetooth Handsfree feature to make calls and keep the call as short as possible.
· Keep the volume low enough to hear external sounds. Driving without the ability to hear external sounds may lead to a traffic accident. Listening to a loud volume for a long time may cause hearing damage.
6-14
06
WARNING - About handling the system
· Do not disassemble or modify the system. Doing so may result in an accident, fire, or electric shock.
· Do not allow liquids or foreign substances to enter the system. Liquids or foreign substances may cause noxious fumes, a fire, or a system malfunction.
· Stop using the system if it malfunctions, such as no audio output or display. If you continue using the system when it is malfunctioning, it may lead to a fire, electric shock, or system failure.
· Do not touch the antenna during thunder or lightning because such an act may cause electric shock.
i Information
- About operating the system
· Use the system with the engine running. Using the system for a long time when the engine is stopped may discharge the battery.
· Do not install unapproved products. Using unapproved products may cause an error while using the system. System errors caused by installing unapproved products are not covered under the warranty.
i Information
- About handling the system
· Do not apply excessive force to the system. Excessive pressure on the screen may damage the LCD panel or the touch panel.
· When cleaning the screen or button panel, make sure to stop the engine and use a soft, dry cloth. Wiping the screen or buttons with a rough cloth or using solvents (alcohol, benzene, paint thinner, etc.) may scratch or chemically damage the surface.
· If you attach a liquid-type air freshener to the fan louvre, the surface of the louvre may become deformed due to the flowing air.
· If you want to change the position of the installed device, please inquire with your place of purchase or service maintenance centre. Technical expertise is required to install or disassemble the device.
NOTICE
· If you experience any problems with the system, contact your place of purchase or dealer.
· Placing the audio system within an electromagnetic environment may result in noise interference.
6-15
Infotainment System
Turning the system on or off
To turn on the system, start the engine.
· If you do not want to use the system while driving, you can turn off the system by pressing the [POWER] button on the control panel. To use the system again, press the [POWER] button again.
The system turns off when you stop the engine (ACC Off).
· When you turn back on the system, the previous mode and settings will remain intact.
WARNING
· Some functions may be disabled for safety reasons while the vehicle is moving. They work only when the vehicle stops. Park your vehicle in a safe location before using any of them.
· Stop using the system if it malfunctions, such as no audio output or display. If you continue using the system when it is malfunctioning, it may lead to a fire, electric shock, or system failure.
Turning the display on or off
To prevent glare, you can turn off the screen. The screen can be turned off only while the system is on. 1. On the control panel, press the
[MENU/CLOCK] button. 2. When the option selection window
displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to select Display off, and then press the knob. · To turn the screen back on,
press any of the control panel buttons.
Getting to know the basic operations
You can select an item or adjust the settings by using the number buttons and the [TUNE] knob on the control panel.
Selecting an item Numbered items Press the corresponding number button.
i Information
You can turn on the system when the key ignition switch is placed in the "ACC" or "ON" position. Using the system for an extended period without the engine running drains the battery. If you plan on using the system for a long time, start the engine.
6-16
Numberless items Turn the [TUNE] knob to choose the desired item, and then press the knob to select the item.
Adjusting the settings Turn the [TUNE] knob to adjust the value, and then press the knob to save changes. Turn the [TUNE] knob to the right to increase the value and turn the [TUNE] knob to the left to decrease the value.
06
6-17
Infotainment System
5$',2
Turning on the radio
1. On the control panel, press the [RADIO] / [AUDIO] button.
2. When the mode selection window displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired radio mode and then press the knob.
FM/AM Mode
- Equaliser: Adjust the output level for each sound tone mode.
- Sound Experience: Select the location where sound is focused in the vehicle between the driver's seat and all other seats.
- Speed Dependent Vol.: Set the volume to be adjusted automatically according to your driving speed. (if equipped)
(1) Current radio mode (2) Radio station information (3) Preset list
NOTICE
· Depending on vehicle models or specifications, available options may vary.
· Depending on the system or amplifier specifications applied to your vehicle, available options may vary.
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on the control panel to access the following menu options:
· Autostore: Save radio stations to the preset list.
· Scan: The system searches for radio stations with strong radio signals and plays each radio station for about five seconds.
· Sound Settings: You can change the settings related to sounds, such as location where sound will be concentrated and the output level for each range.
- Position: Select a location where sound will be concentrated in the vehicle. Select Fader or Balance, turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired position, and then press the knob. To set sound to be centred in the vehicle, select Centre.
· Mode Popup: Set to display mode selection window when the [RADIO] / [AUDIO] button is pressed on the control panel.
· Lock Remote Controls: Even if Bluetooth remote control application is connected, if Set Lock remote controls is enabled. System cannot be operated via smart phone application.
· Date/Time: You can change the date and time that are shown on the system display.
- Set Date: Set date to display on the system display.
- Set Time: Set time to display on the system display.
- Time Format: Select to display time in the 12 hour format or the 24 hour format.
6-18
06
- Display (Power Off): Set to display the clock when the system power is off.
· Language: You can change the display language.
Changing the radio mode
1. On the control panel, press the [RADIO] / [AUDIO] button.
2. When the mode selection window displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired radio mode and then press the knob. · Each time you press the [MODE] button on the steering wheel, the radio mode switches to FM X AM in order.
NOTICE
When the Mode popup is not selected in [MENU/CLOCK] X Mode Popup, press the [RADIO] / [AUDIO] button on the control panel to change the radio mode. Each time you press the [RADIO] / [AUDIO] button on the control panel, the radio mode switches to FM X AM in order.
Scanning for available radio stations
You can listen to each radio station for a few seconds to test the reception and select the one you want.
1. From the radio screen, press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on the control panel.
2. When the option selection window displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to select Scan, and then press the knob.
· The system searches for radio stations with strong radio signals and plays each radio station for about five seconds.
3. When you find the radio station you want to listen to, press the [TUNE] knob.
· You can continue listening to the selected station.
Searching for radio stations
To search for the previous or next available radio station, press the [< SEEK] button / [TRACK >] button on the control panel.
· You can also press and hold the [< SEEK] button / [TRACK >] button to search for frequencies quickly. When you release the button, a radio station with a strong signal is selected automatically.
If you know the exact frequency of the radio station you want to listen to, turn the [TUNE] knob on the control panel to change the frequency.
6-19
Infotainment System
Saving radio stations
You can save your favourite radio stations and listen to them by selecting them from the preset list.
Saving the current radio station While listening to the radio, press and hold the desired number button on the control panel. · The radio station you are listening
to will be added to the selected number. · To save the next page of the preset list, press the [FAV] button.
Listening to saved radio stations
FM/AM Mode
1. Confirm the preset number for the radio station you want to listen to.
· To view the next page of the preset list, press the [FAV] button.
2. On the control panel, press the desired number button.
· Alternatively, Push the Up/Down lever on the steering wheel to change the station.
NOTICE
· You can save up to 12 radio stations in each mode.
· If a station is already saved to the selected preset number, the station will be replaced by the station you are listening to.
Using the auto save function
You can search for radio stations in your area where there is a strong signal. The results of your search can be saved to the preset list automatically.
1. From the radio screen, press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on the control panel.
2. When the option selection window displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to select Autostore, and then press the knob.
6-20
06
0(',$3/$<(5
Using the media player
You can play music stored in various media storage devices, such as USB storage devices, smartphones.
1. Connect a device to the USB port in your vehicle.
· Playback may start immediately depending on the device that you connect to the system.
2. On the control panel, press the [MEDIA] / [AUDIO] button.
3. When the mode selection window displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired mode and then press the knob.
· Do not connect a smartphone or an MP3 device to the system via multiple methods such as USB and Bluetooth simultaneously. Doing so may cause a distorted noise or a system malfunction.
· When the equaliser function of the connected device and Equaliser settings of the system are both activated, the effects may interfere with each other and may lead to sound degradation or distortion. Deactivate the device's equaliser function if possible.
* : if equipped
NOTICE
· To start the media player, press the [MEDIA] / [AUDIO] button on the control panel.
· You can also change the mode by press the [MODE] button repeatedly on the steering wheel.
· Make sure to connect or disconnect external USB devices with the system power turned off.
· When the Mode popup is not selected in [MENU/CLOCK] X Mode Popup, press the [AUDIO] button on the control panel to change the media player.
Each time you press the [AUDIO] button on the control panel, the media mode switches to USB X Bluetooth audio* in order.
· Depending on vehicle models and specifications, available buttons or the appearance and layout of the USB port in your vehicle may vary.
Using the USB mode
You can play media files stored in portable devices, such as USB storage devices and MP3 players. Check compatible USB storage devices and file specifications before using the USB mode.
Connect your USB device to the USB port in the vehicle.
· Playback starts immediately.
· Press the [MEDIA] / [AUDIO] button on the control panel to display the mode selection window, turn the [TUNE] knob to select USB and then press the knob.
6-21
Infotainment System
(1) Current file number and total number of files
(2) Playback time
(3) Information about the song currently playing
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on the control panel to access the following menu options:
· List: Access the file list.
· Folder List: Access the folder list.
· Information: Display information about the song currently playing.
· Sound Settings: You can change the settings related to sounds, such as location where sound will be concentrated and the output level for each range.
- Position: Select a location where sound will be concentrated in the vehicle. Select Fader or Balance, turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired position, and then press the knob. To set sound to be centred in the vehicle, select Centre.
- Equaliser: Adjust the output level for each sound tone mode.
- Sound Experience: Select the location where sound is focused in the vehicle between the driver's seat and all other seats.
- Speed Dependent Vol.: Set the volume to be adjusted automatically according to your driving speed. (if equipped)
NOTICE
· Depending on vehicle models or specifications, available options may vary.
· Depending on the system or amplifier specifications applied to your vehicle, available options may vary.
· Song Information: Select information such as Folder/File or Artist/Title/Album to display when playing MP3 files.
· Mode Popup: Set to display mode selection window when the [MEDIA] / [AUDIO] button is pressed on the control panel.
· Lock Remote Controls: Even if Bluetooth remote control application is connected, if Set Lock remote controls is enabled. System cannot be operated via smart phone application.
· Date/Time: You can change the date and time that are shown on the system display.
- Set Date: Set date to display on the system display.
- Set Time: Set time to display on the system display.
- Time Format: Select to display time in the 12 hour format or the 24 hour format.
- Display (Power Off): Set to display the clock when the system power is off.
· Language: You can change the display language.
6-22
06
Rewinding/Fast forwarding On the control panel, press and hold the [< SEEK] button / [TRACK >] button. · You can also push and hold the
Up/down lever on the steering wheel.
Restarting the current playback On the control panel, press the [< SEEK] button. · You can also push the Up lever on
the steering wheel.
Playing the previous or next song To play the previous song, press the [< SEEK] button twice on the control panel. To play the next song, press the [TRACK >] button on the control panel. · You can also push the Up/down le-
ver on the steering wheel.
NOTICE
Press the [MENU] button on the control panel to display the mode selection window, turn the [TUNE] knob to find the desired song and press the knob to play the file.
Playing repeatedly On the control panel, press the [1 RPT] button. The repeat mode changes each time you press it. The corresponding mode icon will be displayed on the screen.
Playing in random order On the control panel, press the [2 SHFL] button. The shuffle mode is activated or deactivated each time you press it. When you activate the shuffle mode, the corresponding mode icon will be displayed on the screen.
NOTICE
Depending on the connected Bluetooth device or mobile phone, RPT & SHFL features may not be supported.
Searching folders 1. On the control panel, press the
[MENU/CLOCK] button. 2. When the option selection window
displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to select the Folder List and then press the knob. 3. Navigate to the desired folder in the Folder List and then press the [TUNE] knob. · The first song in the selected
folder will be played.
6-23
Infotainment System
i Information
· Start the engine of your vehicle before connecting a USB device to your system. Starting the engine with a USB device connected to the system may damage the USB device.
· Be careful of static electricity when connecting or disconnecting a USB device. A static discharge may cause a system malfunction.
· Be careful not to let your body or external objects contact the USB port. Doing so may cause an accident or a system malfunction.
· Do not connect and disconnect a USB connector repeatedly in a short time. Doing so may cause an error in the device or a system malfunction.
· Do not use a USB device for purposes other than playing files. Using USB accessories for charging or heating may cause poor performance or a system malfunction.
NOTICE
· When connecting a USB storage device, do not use an extension cable. Connect it directly to the USB port. If you use a USB hub or an extension cable, the device may not be recognized.
· Fully insert a USB connector into the USB port. Failure to do so may cause a communication error.
· When you disconnect a USB storage device, a distorted noise may occur.
· The system can play only files encoded in a standard format.
· The following types of USB devices may not be recognised or work correctly:
- Encrypted MP3 players
- USB devices not recognised as removable disks
· A USB device may not be recognised depending on its condition.
· Some USB devices may be incompatible with your system.
· Depending on the USB device's type, capacity, or the format of files, USB recognition time may be longer.
· Image and video playback are not supported.
6-24
06
%/8(7227+,)(48,33('
Connecting Bluetooth devices
Bluetooth is a short-range wireless networking technology. Via Bluetooth, you can connect nearby mobile devices wirelessly to send and receive data between connected devices. This enables you to use your devices effectively.
To use Bluetooth, you must first connect a Bluetooth-enabled device to your system, such as a mobile phone or an MP3 player. Ensure that the device you want to connect supports Bluetooth.
WARNING
Park your vehicle in a safe location before connecting Bluetooth devices. Distracted driving can cause a traffic accident and lead to personal injury or death.
NOTICE
· On your system, you can use only Bluetooth Handsfree and Audio features. Connect a mobile device that supports both features.
· Some Bluetooth devices may cause malfunctions to the audio system or make interference noises. In this case, storing the device in a different location may resolve the problem.
· Depending on the connected Bluetooth device or mobile phone, some functions may not be supported.
· If the system is not stable due to a vehicle-Bluetooth device communication error, delete the paired devices and connect the Bluetooth devices again.
· If Bluetooth connection is not stable, follow these steps to try again. 1. Deactivate Bluetooth and reactivate it on the device. Then, reconnect the device. 2. Turn the device off and on. Then, reconnect it. 3. Remove the battery from the device and reinstall it. Then, turn the device on and reconnect it. 4. Unregister the Bluetooth pairing on both the system and the device and then re-register and connect them.
· The Bluetooth connection is unavailable when the device's Bluetooth functi on is turned off. Be sure to turn on the device's Bluetooth function.
Pairing devices with your system For Bluetooth connections, first pair your device with your system to add it to the system's list of Bluetooth devices. You can register up to five devices. 1. From the control panel, press the
[PHONE] button, and then select Phone Settings X Add New Device. · If you are pairing a device with
your system for the first time, you can also press the Call/Answer button on the steering wheel.
6-25
Infotainment System
2. On the Bluetooth device you want to connect, activate Bluetooth, search for your vehicle's system, and then select it. · Check the system's Bluetooth name, which is displayed in the new registration pop-up window on the system screen.
3. Enter or confirm the passkey to confirm the connection. · If the passkey input screen is displayed on the Bluetooth device screen, enter the passkey `0000' which is displayed on the system screen. · If the 6-digit passkey is displayed on the Bluetooth device screen, ensure that the Bluetooth passkey displayed on the Bluetooth device is the same as the passkey on the system screen and confirm the connection from the device.
NOTICE · The screen image in this manual
is an example. Check your system screen for the exact vehicle name and Bluetooth device name. · The default passkey is `0000'. · It may take a while for the system to connect with the device after you permit the system to access the device. When a connection is made, the Bluetooth status icon appears at the top of the screen.
6-26
· You can change the permission settings via the mobile phone's Bluetooth settings menu. For more information, refer to your mobile phone's user guide.
· To register a new device, repeat steps 1 to 3.
· If you use the automatic Bluetooth connection function, a call may be switched to the vehicle's Handsfree when you are taking on the phone near the vehicle while the vehicle's engine is on. If you do not want the system to connect with the device automatically, deactivate Bluetooth on your device.
· When a device is connected to the system via Bluetooth, the device's battery may discharge faster.
Connecting a paired device
To use a Bluetooth device on your system, connect the paired device to the system. Your system can connect with only one device at a time.
1. From the control panel, press the [PHONE] button, and then select Phone Settings X Paired Devices.
· If there is no connected device, press the Call/Answer button on the steering wheel.
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the device to connect, and then press the knob.
· If another device is already connected to your system, disconnect it. Select the connected device to disconnect.
06
NOTICE
· If a connection ends because a device is out of the connection range or a device error occurs, the connection will be restored automatically when the device enters the connection range or when the error is cleared.
· Depending on auto connection priority, connection to a device may take time.
Disconnecting a device If you want to stop using a Bluetooth device or connect another device, disconnect your currently connected device.
1. From the control panel, press the [PHONE] button, and then select Phone Settings X Paired Devices.
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select your currently connected device and then press the knob.
3. Press the [1 RPT] button to select Yes.
NOTICE
· When you delete a paired device, the Call history and Contacts stored in the system are also deleted.
· To re-use a deleted device, you must pair the device again.
Using a Bluetooth audio device
You can listen to music stored in the connected Bluetooth audio device via your vehicle's speakers.
1. On the control panel, press the [AUDIO] button.
2. When the mode selection window displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to select Bluetooth audio and then press the knob.
Deleting paired devices
If you no longer want a Bluetooth device paired or if you want to connect a new device when the Bluetooth device list is full, delete paired devices.
1. From the control panel, press the [PHONE] button, and then select Phone Settings X Delete Devices.
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the device to delete, and then press the knob.
3. Press the [1 RPT] button to select Yes.
(1) Information about the song currently playing
1. Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on the control panel to access the following a menu option.
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select option and then press the knob.
6-27
Infotainment System
· Sound Settings: You can change the settings related to sounds, such as location where sound will be concentrated and the output level for each range.
- Position: Select a location where sound will be concentrated in the vehicle. Select Fader or Balance, turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired position, and then press the knob. To set sound to be centred in the vehicle, select Centre.
- Equaliser: Adjust the output level for each sound tone mode.
- Sound Experience: Select the location where sound is focused in the vehicle between the driver's seat and all other seats.
- Speed Dependent Vol.: Set the volume to be adjusted automatically according to your driving speed.
NOTICE
· Depending on vehicle models or specifications, available options may vary.
· Depending on the system or amplifier specifications applied to your vehicle, available options may vary.
· Mode Popup: Set to display mode selection window when the [AUDIO] button is pressed on the control panel.
· Lock Remote Controls: Even if Bluetooth remote control application is connected, if Set Lock remote controls is enabled. System cannot be operated via smart phone application.
· Date/Time: You can change the date and time that are shown on the system display.
- Set Date: Set date to display on the system display.
- Set Time: Set time to display on the system display.
- Time Format: Select to display time in the 12 hour format or the 24 hour format.
- Display (Power Off): Set to display the clock when the system power is off.
· Language: You can change the display language.
Pausing/Resuming playback To pause playback, press the [TUNE] knob on the control panel. To resume playback, press the [TUNE] knob again.
· You can also press the Mute button on the steering wheel remote control.
Restarting the current playback On the control panel, press the [< SEEK] button.
· You can also push the Up lever on the steering wheel.
6-28
06
Playing the previous or next song To play the previous song, press the [< SEEK] button twice on the control panel. To play the next song, press the [TRACK >] button on the control panel. · You can also push the Up/Down
lever on the steering wheel.
NOTICE
Depending on the connected Bluetooth device or mobile phone, playing the previous/next song may not be supported.
Playing repeatedly On the control panel, press the [1 RPT] button. The repeat mode changes each time you press it. The corresponding mode icon will be displayed on the screen.
Playing in random order On the control panel, press the [2 SHFL] button. The shuffle mode is activated or deactivated each time you press it. When you activate the shuffle mode, the corresponding mode icon will be displayed on the screen.
NOTICE
Depending on the connected Bluetooth device or mobile phone, RPT & SHFL features may not be supported.
NOTICE
· Depending on the connected Bluetooth device, mobile phone, or the music player you are using, playback controls may differ.
· Depending on the music player you are using, streaming may not be supported.
· Depending on the connected Bluetooth device or mobile phone, some functions may not be supported.
· If a Bluetooth enabled phone is being used to play music and it receives or makes a phone call, the music will stop.
· Receiving an incoming call or making an outgoing call while playing Bluetooth audio may result in audio interference.
· If you use the Bluetooth phone mode while using Bluetooth audio, playback may not automatically resume after you end the call depending on the connected mobile phone.
· Moving the track up/down while playing Bluetooth audio mode may result in pop noises with some mobile phones.
· The Rewinding/Fast forwarding function is not supported in the Bluetooth audio mode.
· The playlist feature is not supported in the Bluetooth audio mode.
· If the Bluetooth device is disconnected, Bluetooth audio mode will end.
6-29
Infotainment System
Using a Bluetooth phone
You can use Bluetooth to talk on the phone hands free. View call information on the system screen, and make or receive calls safely and conveniently via the vehicle's built-in microphone and speakers.
WARNING
· Park your vehicle in a safe location before connecting Bluetooth devices. Distracted driving can cause a traffic accident and lead to personal injury or death.
· Never dial a phone number or pick up your mobile phone while driving. Use of a mobile phone may distract your attention, making it difficult to recognize external conditions and reducing the ability to cope with unexpected situations, which may lead to an accident. If necessary, use the Bluetooth Handsfree feature to make calls and keep the call as short as possible.
NOTICE
· You cannot access the Phone screen if there is no connected mobile phone. To use the Bluetooth phone function, connect a mobile phone to the system.
· The Bluetooth Handsfree function may not work when you are passing out of the cellular service coverage area, such as when you are in a tunnel, underground, or in a mountainous area.
· Call quality may be degraded in the following environments:
- The reception of the mobile phone is poor.
- The inside of the vehicle is noisy.
- The mobile phone is placed near metallic objects, such as a beverage can.
· Depending on the connected mobile phone, the volume and sound quality of the Bluetooth Handsfree may vary.
Making a call If your mobile phone is connected to the system, you can make a call by selecting a name from your call history or contacts list.
1. On the control panel, press the [PHONE] button.
· Alternatively, press the Call/ Answer button on the steering wheel.
2. Select a phone number.
· To select a phone number from your favourites list, select Favourites.
· To select a phone number from your call history, select Call history.
· To select a phone number from your contacts list that downloaded from the connected mobile phone, select Contacts.
3. To end the call, press the [2 SHFL] button on the control panel.
· Alternatively, press the Call end button on the steering wheel.
6-30
06
Registering the favourites list You can more easily use Bluetooth to talk on the phone hands-free by registering phone numbers as your favourites. 1. On the Phone screen, turn the
[TUNE] knob on the control panel to select Favourites and press the knob. 2. Select [MENU/CLOCK] X Add New Favourites. 3. Press the [1 RPT] button, and select the desired phone number.
Using the favourites list 1. From the Phone screen, turn the
[TUNE] knob on the control panel to select Favourites, and then press the knob. 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired contact, and then press the knob to make a phone call.
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on the control panel to access the following menu options: · Add New Favourites: Add a fre-
quently used phone number to favourites. · Delete Items: Delete a selected favourites item. · Delete All: Delete all favourites items.
NOTICE · You can register up to 20 favou-
rites for each device. · You must first download the
contacts to the system to register favourites. · The favourites list saved on the mobile phone is not downloaded to the system. · Even if the contact information on the mobile phone is edited, the favourites on the system are not automatically edited. Delete and add the item to favourites again. · When you connect a new mobile phone, your favourites set for the previous mobile phone will not be displayed, but they will remain in your system until you delete the previous phone from the device list.
Using your call history 1. From the Phone screen, turn the
[TUNE] knob on the control panel to select Call history, and then press the knob. 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired entry, and then press the knob to make a phone call.
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on the control panel to access the following menu options:
6-31
Infotainment System
· Download: Download your call history.
· All Calls: View all call records.
· Dialled Calls: View only dialled calls.
· Received Calls: View only received calls.
· Missed Calls: View only missed calls.
NOTICE
· Some mobile phones may not support the download function.
· The call history is accessed only after downloading the call history when the mobile phone is connected to the system.
· Calls from restricted IDs are not saved on the call history list.
· Up to 50 call records will be downloaded per individual list.
· Call duration and time information will not be displayed on the system screen.
· Permission is required to download your call history from the mobile phone. When you attempt to download data, you may need to permit the download on the mobile phone. If the download fails, check the mobile phone screen for any notification or the mobile phone's permission setting.
· When you download your call history, any old data will be deleted.
Using the contacts list 1. From the Phone screen, turn the
[TUNE] knob on the control panel to select Contacts, and then press the knob. 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired group of alphanumeric characters, and then press the knob. 3. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired contact, and then press the knob to make a phone call.
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on the control panel to access the following a menu option: · Download: Download your mobile
phone contacts.
NOTICE · Contacts can be viewed only
when the Bluetooth device is connected. · Only contacts in the supported format can be downloaded and displayed from the Bluetooth device. Contacts from some applications will not be included. · Up to 2,000 contacts can be downloaded from your device. · Some mobile phones may not support the download function.
6-32
06
· Depending on the system's specifications, some of the downloaded contacts may be lost.
· Contacts stored both in the phone and in the SIM card are downloaded. With some mobile phones, contacts in the SIM card may not be downloaded.
· Special characters and figures used in the contact name may not be displayed properly.
· Permission is required to download contacts from the mobile phone. When you attempt to download data, you may need to permit the download on the mobile phone. If the download fails, check the mobile phone screen for any notification or the mobile phone's permission setting.
· Depending on the mobile phone type or status, downloading may take longer.
· When you download your contacts, any old data will be deleted.
· You cannot edit or delete your contacts on the system.
· When you connect a new mobile phone, your contacts downloaded from the previous mobile phone will not be displayed, but they will remain in your system until you delete the previous phone from the device list.
Answering calls When a call comes in, a notification pop-up window of the incoming call appears on the system screen.
To answer the call, press the [1 RPT] button on the control panel. · Alternatively, press the Call/
Answer button on the steering wheel.
To reject the call, press the [2 SHFL] button on the control panel. · Alternatively, press the Call end
button on the steering wheel.
NOTICE · Depending on the mobile phone
type, call rejection may not be supported. · Once your mobile phone is connected to the system, the call sound may be output through the vehicle's speakers even after you exit the vehicle if the phone is within the connection range. To end the connection, disconnect the device from the system or deactivate Bluetooth on the device.
6-33
Infotainment System
Using options during a call During a call, you will see the call screen shown below. Press a button to perform the function you want.
To switch the call to your mobile phone, press the [1 RPT] button on the control panel. · Alternatively, press and hold the
Call/Answer button on the steering wheel.
To end the call, press the [2 SHFL] button on the control panel. · Alternatively, press the Call end
button on the steering wheel.
NOTICE
· If the caller information is saved in your contacts list, the caller's name and phone number will be displayed. If the caller information is not saved in your contacts list, only the caller's phone number will be displayed.
· You cannot switch to any other screen, such as the audio screen or the settings screen, during a Bluetooth call.
· Depending on the mobile phone type, call quality may vary. On some phones, your voice may be less audible to the other party.
· Depending on the mobile phone type, the phone number may not be displayed.
· Depending on the mobile phone type, the call switching function may not be supported.
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on the control panel to access the following a menu option:
· Microphone Volume: Adjust the microphone volume or turn off the microphone so the other party cannot hear you.
6-34
06
6<67(067$786,&216
Status icons appear at the top of the screen to display the current system status.
Familiarise yourself with the status icons that appear when you perform certain actions or functions and their meanings.
Bluetooth
Icon
Description
Battery level of connected Bluetooth device
Mobile phone or audio device connected via Bluetooth
Bluetooth call in progress
Microphone turned off during Bluetooth call
Downloading call history from a mobile phone connected via Bluetooth to the system
Downloading contacts from a mobile phone connected via Bluetooth to the system
Displayed when Bluetooth remote control is connected via smartphone applications
Signal strength
Icon
Description
Signal strength of the mobile phone connected via Bluetooth
NOTICE
· The battery level displayed on the screen may differ from the battery level displayed on the connected device.
· The signal strength displayed on the screen may differ from the signal strength displayed on the connected mobile phone.
· Depending on vehicle models and specifications, some status icons may not be displayed.
6-35
Infotainment System
$8',26<67(063(&,),&$7,216
USB Supported audio formats
· Audio file specification
- WAVeform audio format
- MPEG1/2/2.5 Audio Layer3
- Windows Media Audio Ver 7.X/8.X
· Bit rates
- MPEG1 (Layer3): 32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/ 160/192/224/256/320 kbps
- MPEG2 (Layer3): 8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/ 112/128/144/160 kbps
- MPEG2.5 (Layer3): 8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/ 112/128/144/160 kbps
- WMA (High Range): 48/64/80/96/128/160/192 kbps
· Bits Per Sample
- WAV (PCM(Stereo)): 24 bit
- WAV (IMA ADPCM): 4 bit
NOTICE
· Files that are not in a supported format may not be recognised or played, or information about them, such as the file name, may not be displayed properly.
· Only files with .mp3/.wma/.wav extensions can be recognised by the system. If the file is not in supported format, change the file format by using the latest encoding software.
· The device will not support files locked by DRM (Digital Rights Management).
· For MP3/WMA compression files and WAV file, differences in sound quality will occur depending on the bitrate. (Music files with a higher bitrate have a better sound quality.)
· Japanese or Simplified Chinese characters in folder or file names may not be displayed properly.
- WAV (MS ADPCM): 4 bit · Sampling frequency
- MPEG1: 44100/48000/32000 Hz - MPEG2: 22050/24000/16000 Hz - MPEG2.5: 11025/12000/8000 Hz
Supported USB storage devices · Byte/Sector: 64 kbyte or less
· Format system: FAT12/16/32 (recommended), exFAT/NTFS
- WMA: 32000/44100/48000 Hz
- WAV: 44100/48000 Hz
· Maximum length of folder/file names (Based on Unicode): 40 English or Korean characters
· Supported characters for folder/file names (Unicode support): 2,604 Korean characters, 94 alphanumeric characters, 4,888 Chinese characters in common use, 986 special characters
· Maximum number of folders: 1,000
· Maximum number of files: 5,000
6-36
06
NOTICE
· Operation is guaranteed only for a metal cover type USB storage device with a plug type connector.
- USB storage devices with a plastic plug may not be recognised.
- USB storage devices in memory card types, such as CF card or SD cards, may not be recognised.
· USB hard disk drives may not be recognised.
· When you use a large capacity USB storage device with multiple logical drives, only files stored on the first drive will be recognised.
· If an application program is loaded on a USB storage device, the corresponding media files may not play.
· Use USB 2.0 devices for better compatibility.
75$'(0$5.6
Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.
· The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by HYUNDAI is under licence.
Bluetooth
· Aerial power: Max 3 mW
6-37
7. Driving your vehicle
Before driving...................................................................................................... 7-4 Before entering the vehicle ............................................................................ 7-4 Before starting ................................................................................................. 7-4
Ignition switch..................................................................................................... 7-5 Key ignition switch .......................................................................................... 7-5 Engine Start/Stop button...............................................................................7-10
Manual transmission ......................................................................................... 7-21 Manual transmission operation..................................................................... 7-21 Good driving practices.................................................................................. 7-23
Intelligent Manual Transmission...................................................................... 7-24 Intelligent Manual Transmission operation ................................................. 7-25
Dual clutch transmission.................................................................................. 7-28
Dual clutch transmission operation ............................................................. 7-29
LCD display for warning message................................................................7-30
Parking ........................................................................................................... 7-33 Good driving practices ................................................................................. 7-34
7
Braking system.................................................................................................. 7-36
Power brakes ................................................................................................. 7-36
Disc brakes wear indicator ........................................................................... 7-36
Rear drum brakes .......................................................................................... 7-37
Parking brake ................................................................................................. 7-37
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)....................................................................... 7-39
Electronic Stability Control (ESC).................................................................7-40
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .......................................................... 7-43
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)......................................................................7-44
Good braking practices.................................................................................7-45
ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system .........................................................................7-46 To activate the ISG system............................................................................7-46 To deactivate the ISG system ......................................................................7-49 ISG system malfunction................................................................................7-49 The battery sensor deactivation...................................................................7-50
Cruise control.....................................................................................................7-51 Cruise Control operation ...............................................................................7-51
Special driving conditions................................................................................ 7-57 Hazardous driving conditions....................................................................... 7-57 Rocking the vehicle....................................................................................... 7-57 Smooth cornering .........................................................................................7-58 Driving at night ..............................................................................................7-58 Driving in the rain ..........................................................................................7-58 Driving in flooded areas................................................................................7-59
Winter driving ...................................................................................................7-60 Snow or icy conditions..................................................................................7-60 Winter precautions........................................................................................7-62
Vehicle weight...................................................................................................7-64 Overloading ...................................................................................................7-64
7
07
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust. If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, we recommend that the exhaust system be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area. Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle. If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle , be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear. To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the tailgate open: Close all windows. Open instrument panel air vents. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.
7-3
Driving your vehicle
BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering the vehicle
· Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean and unobstructed.
· Remove frost, snow, or ice. · Visually check the tires for uneven
wear and damage. · Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks. · Be sure there are no obstacles be-
hind you if you intend to back up.
Before starting
· Make sure the hood, the tailgate, and the doors are securely closed and locked.
· Adjust the position of the seat and steering wheel.
· Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors.
· Verify all the lights work. · Fasten your seatbelt. Check that
all passengers have fastened their seatbelts. · Check the gauges and indicators in the instrument panel and the messages on the instrument display when the ignition switch is in the ON position. · Check that any items you are carrying are stored properly or fastened down securely.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions: · ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All
passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is moving.
7-4
For more information, refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.
· Always drive defensively. Assume other drivers or pedestrians may be careless and make mistakes.
· Stay focused on the task of driving. Driver distraction can cause accidents.
· Leave plenty of space between you and the vehicle in front of you.
WARNING
NEVER drink or take drugs and drive.
Drinking or taking drugs and driving is dangerous and may result in an accident and SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.
Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year. Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Just one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions and emergencies and your reaction time gets worse with each additional drink.
Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving under the influence of alcohol.
You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive. If you are drinking or taking drugs, don't drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking drugs. Choose a designated driver or call a taxi.
07
IGNITION SWITCH
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:
· NEVER allow children or any person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the ignition switch or related parts. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur.
· NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the ignition switch, or any other control, while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area may cause a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Key ignition switch (if equipped)
OIB054010
WARNING
· NEVER turn the ignition switch to the LOCK or ACC position while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the engine turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems. This may lead to loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
· Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in 1st gear (for manual transmission vehicle) or P (Park) position (for dual clutch transmission vehicle), apply the parking brake, and turn ignition switch to the LOCK position. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.
7-5
Driving your vehicle
Key ignition switch positions
Switch Position
LOCK ACC
ON
START
Action
Notice
The ignition key can be removed in the LOCK position.
The steering wheel locks to protect the vehicle from theft. (if equipped)
Electrical accessories are usable.
The steering wheel unlocks. If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position, turn the key while turning the steering wheel right and left to release tension.
This is the normal key position when the engine has started. All features and accessories are usable. The warning lights can be checked when you turn the ignition switch from ACC to ON.
Do not leave the ignition switch in the ON position when the engine is not running to prevent the battery from discharging.
To start the engine, turn the igni-
tion switch to the START position. The switch returns to the ON po-
The engine will crank until you release the key.
sition when you let go of the key.
7-6
07
Starting the engine
WARNING
· Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flipflops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake, accelerator and clutch pedals.
· Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal depressed. The vehicle can move and lead to an accident.
· Wait until the engine rpm is normal. The vehicle may suddenly move if the brake padel is released when the rpm is high.
Starting the petrol engine Vehicle with manual transmission :
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Make sure the shift lever is in neutral.
3. Depress the clutch and brake pedals.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the START position. Hold the key (maximum of 10 seconds) until the engine starts and release it.
Vehicle with dual clutch transmission :
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park).
3. Depress the brake pedal.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the START position. Hold the key (maximum of 10 seconds) until the engine starts and release it.
Vehicle with Intelligent Manual Transmission :
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Depress the brake pedal fully and shift the transmission into Neutral.
3. Keep the brake pedal depressed while turning the ignition switch to the start position.
If you turn the ignition switch to the start position without depressing the brake pedal, the engine will not start, and it will be displayed on the cluster as in the following pop-up.
OQXI040332
7-7
Driving your vehicle
When the shift lever is not placed in N (Neutral), the following popup will be displayed on the cluster.
OQXI040331
i Information
· Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)
· Always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not race the engine while warming it up.
Starting the petrol engine To start the diesel engine when the engine is cold, it has to be pre-heated before starting the engine and then have to be warmed up before starting to drive.
Vehicle with manual transmission :
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Make sure the shift lever is in neutral.
3. Depress the clutch and brake pedals.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position to pre-heat the engine. The glow indicator light ( ) w ill illuminate.
5. When the glow indicator light ( ) goes out, turn the key ignition switch to the START position. Hold the key (maximum of 10 seconds) until the engine starts and release it.
Vehicle with dual clutch transmission:
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park).
3. Depress the brake pedal.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position to pre-heat the engine. The glow indicator light ( ) will illuminate.
5. When the glow indicator light ( ) goes out, turn the key ignition switch to the START position. Hold the key (maximum of 10 seconds) until the engine starts and release it.
7-8
07
i Information
If the engine does not start within 10 seconds after preheating is completed, turn the ignition switch once more to the LOCK position and wait for 10 seconds. Then turn the ignition switch to the ON position in order to preheat the engine again.
Starting and stopping the engine for turbocharger intercooler 1. Do not race or accelerate the en-
gine immediately after starting the engine.
If the engine is cold, idle for several seconds before sufficient lubrication is ensured in the turbo charger unit.
2. After high speed or extended driving that requires heavy engine load, idle the engine about one minute before turning the engine off.
This idle time will allow the turbocharger to cool prior to shutting the engine off.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
· Do not hold the ignition key in the START position for more than 10 seconds. Wait 5 to 10 seconds before trying again.
· Do not turn the ignition switch to the START position with the engine running. It may damage the starter.
· If traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine.
· Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine.
NOTICE
Do not turn off the engine immediately after it has been subjected to a heavy load. Doing so may cause severe damage to the engine or tu rbo charger unit.
7-9
Driving your vehicle
Engine Start/Stop button (if equipped)
OQXI059001
Whenever the front door is opened, the Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate and will go off 30 seconds after the door is closed.
WARNING
To reduce risk of serious injury or death, NEVER allow children or any person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the Engine Start/Stop button or related parts. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur.
WARNING
To turn the engine off in an emergency: Press and hold the Engine Start/ Stop button for more than two seconds OR Rapidly press and release the Engine Start/Stop button three times (within three seconds). If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the engine without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.
WARNING
· NEVER press the Engine Start/ Stop button while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the engine turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems.
This may lead to loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
· Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in neutral, set the parking brake, press the Engine Start/ Stop button to the OFF position, and take the Smart Key with you.
Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.
· NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the Engine Start/ Stop button or any other control while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area may cause a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
7-10
07
Engine Stop/Start button positions - Vehicle with manual transmission
Button Position OFF
Action
Notice
· To turn off the engine, stop If the steering wheel is not the vehicle and then press locked properly when you open the Engine Start/Stop button. the driver's door, the warning
· The steering wheel locks to chime will sound.
protect the vehicle from theft.
ACC
· Press the Engine Start/Stop · If you leave the Engine Start/
button when the button is in Stop button in the ACC posi-
the OFF position without de- tion for more than one hour,
pressing the clutch pedal.
the battery power will turn off
· Electrical accessories are usable.
automatically to prevent the battery from discharging.
· The steering wheel unlocks. · If the steering wheel doesn't unlock properly, the Engine
Start/Stop button will not
work. Press the Engine Start/
Stop button while turning the
steering wheel right and left
to release tension.
7-11
Driving your vehicle
- Vehicle with manual transmission
Button Position ON
Action
Notice
· Press the Engine Start/Stop Do not leave the Engine Start/
button while it is in the ACC Stop button in the ON position
position without depressing when the engine is not running
the clutch pedal.
to prevent the battery from dis-
· The warning lights can be charging.
checked before the engine is
started.
START
To start the engine, depress the clutch and brake pedals and press the Engine Start/ Stop button with the shift lever in neutral.
If you press the Engine Start/ Stop button without depressing the clutch pedal, the engine does not start and the Engine Start/Stop button changes as follows: OFF o ACC o ON o OFF
7-12
07
Engine Stop/Start button positions - Vehicle with Intelligent Manual Transmission (iMT)
Button Position OFF
Action
Notice
· To turn off the engine, stop If the steering wheel is not the vehicle and then press locked properly when you open the Engine Start/Stop button. the driver's door, the warning
· The steering wheel locks to chime will sound.
protect the vehicle from theft.
ACC
· Press the Engine Start/Stop · If you leave the Engine Start/
button when the button is in Stop button in the ACC posi-
the OFF position without de- tion for more than one hour,
pressing the brake pedal.
the battery power will turn off
· Electrical accessories are usable.
automatically to prevent the battery from discharging.
· The steering wheel unlocks. · If the steering wheel doesn't unlock properly, the Engine
Start/Stop button will not
work. Press the Engine Start/
Stop button while turning the
steering wheel right and left
to release tension.
7-13
Driving your vehicle
- Vehicle with Intelligent Manual Transmission (iMT)
Button Position ON
Action
Notice
· Press the Engine Start/Stop Do not leave the Engine Start/
button while it is in the ACC Stop button in the ON position
position without depressing when the engine is not running
the brake pedal.
to prevent the battery from dis-
· The warning lights can be charging.
checked before the engine is
started.
START
To start the engine, depress the brake pedal and press the Engine Start/ Stop button with the shift lever in neutral.
If you press the Engine Start/ Stop button without depressing the brake pedal, the engine does not start and the Engine Start/Stop button changes as follows: OFF o ACC o ON o OFF
7-14
07
Engine Stop/Start button positions - Vehicle with dual clutch transmission
Button Position OFF
Action
Notice
To turn off the engine, press the Engine Start/Stop button with shift lever in P (Park). When you press the Engine Start/Stop button without the shift lever in P (Park), the Engine Start/Stop button does not turn to the OFF position, but turns to the ACC position. The steering wheel locks to protect the vehicle from theft.
If the steering wheel is not locked properly when you open the driver's door, the warning chime will sound.
ACC
Press the Engine Start/Stop · If you leave the Engine Start/
button when the button is in the Stop button in the ACC posi-
OFF position without depressing the brake pedal. Electrical accessories are usable. The steering wheel unlocks.
tion for more than one hour, the battery power will turn off automatically to prevent the battery from discharging.
· If the steering wheel doesn't
unlock properly, the Engine
Start/Stop button will not
work. Press the Engine Start/
Stop button while turning the
steering wheel right and left
to release tension.
7-15
Driving your vehicle
- Vehicle with dual clutch transmission
Button Position ON
Action
Notice
Press the Engine Start/Stop Do not leave the Engine Start/
button while it is in the ACC po- Stop button in the ON position
sition without depressing the when the engine is not running
brake pedal.
to prevent the battery from dis-
The warning lights can be
charging.
checked before the engine is
started.
START
To start the engine, depress the brake pedal and press the Engine Start/Stop button with the shift lever in the P (Park) or in the N (Neutral) position. For your safety, start the engine with the shift lever in the P (Park) position.
If you press the Engine Start/ Stop button without depressing the brake pedal, the engine does not start and the Engine Start/Stop button changes as follows: OFF o ACC o ON o OFF or ACC
7-16
07
Starting the engine
WARNING
· Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flipflops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake, accelerator and clutch pedals.
· Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal depressed. The vehicle can move and lead to an accident.
· Wait until the engine rpm is normal. The vehicle may suddenly move if the brake pedal is released when the rpm is high.
i Information
· The engine will start by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button, only when the smart key is in the vehicle.
· Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, if it is far away from the driver, the engine may not start.
· When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position, if any door is open, the system checks for the smart key. If the smart key is not in the vehicle, the " " indicator will blink and the w a r n i n g "Key not in vehicle" will come on, and if all doors are closed, the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds. The indicator will turn off while the vehicle is moving. Keep the smart key in the vehicle when using the ACC position or if the vehicle engine is ON.
Starting the petrol engine Vehicle with manual transmission : 1. Always carry the smart key with
you. 2. Make sure the parking brake is ap-
plied. 3. Make sure the shift lever is in neu-
tral. 4. Depress the clutch and brake ped-
als. 5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton.
Vehicle with Intelligent Manual Transmission : 1. Make sure the parking brake is ap-
plied. 2. Depress brake pedal fully and shift
the transmission into Neutral. 3. Keep the brake pedal depressed
while pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button to the START position. If you press the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the START position without depressing the brake pedal, the engine will not start, and it will be displayed on the cluster as in the following pop-up.
OQXI040332
7-17
Driving your vehicle
When the shift lever is not placed in N (Neutral), the following popup will be displayed on the cluster.
· When you start to drive, move the shift lever after checking the RPM(revolutions per minute) is in the proper range (under 1000 rpm) by depressing the clutch pedal and brake pedal.
After releasing the parking brake, take your foot off the clutch and depress the accelerator slowly while starting your vehicle.
OQXI040331
Vehicle with dual clutch transmission : 1. Always carry the smart key with
you. 2. Make sure the parking brake is ap-
plied. 3. Make sure the shift lever is in P
(Park). 4. Depress the brake pedal. 5 Press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton.
i Information
· Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)
· Always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not race the engine while warming it up.
7-18
Starting the diesel engine
To start the diesel engine when the engine is cold, it has to be pre-heated before starting the engine and then have to be warmed up before starting to drive.
Vehicle with manual transmission :
1. Always carry the smart key with you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
3. Make sure the shift lever is in neutral.
4. Depress the clutch and brake pedals.
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
6. Continue depressing the brake pedal until the glow indicator light ( ) goes out.
7. When the glow indicator light ( ) goes out, the engine will start.
When you start to drive, move the shift lever after checking the RPM(revolutions per minute) is in the proper range (under 1000 rpm) by depressing the clutch pedal and brake pedal.
After releasing the parking brake, take your foot off the clutch and depress the accelerator slowly while starting your vehicle.
07
Vehicle with dual clutch transmission:
1. Always carry the smart key with you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
3. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park).
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
6. Continue depressing the brake pedal until the glow indicator light ( ) goes out.
7. When the glow indicator light ( ) goes out, the engine will start.
When you start to drive, move the shift lever after checking the RPM(revolutions per minute) is in the proper range (under 1000 rpm) by depressing the clutch pedal and brake pedal.
After releasing the parking brake, take your foot off the clutch and depress the accelerator slowly while starting your vehicle.
i Information
If the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed while the engine is pre-heating, the engine may start.
Starting and stopping the engine for turbocharger intercooler 1. Do not race or accelerate the en-
gine immediately after starting the engine. If the engine is cold, idle for several seconds before sufficient lubrication is ensured in the turbo charger unit. 2. After high speed or extended driving that requires heavy engine load, idle the engine about one minute before turning the engine off. This idle time will allow the turbocharger to cool prior to shutting the engine off.
NOTICE
Do not turn off the engine immediately after it has been subjected to a heavy load. Doing so may cause severe damage to the engine or turbo charger unit.
7-19
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
· If the engine stalls while you are in motion, do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
If traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still moving and press the Engine Start/Stop button in an attempt to restart the engine.
· Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you can't start the engine normally. Replace the fuse with a new one. If you are not able to replace the fuse, you can start the engine by pressing and holding the Engine Start/Stop button for 10 seconds with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position.
Do not press the Engine Start/Stop button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown.
For your safety always depress the brake and/or clutch pedal before starting the engine.
i Information
OQXI059002
If the smart key battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the smart key in the direction of the picture above.
7-20
07
0$18$/75$160,66,21,)(48,33('
Type A
Manual transmission operation
The manual transmission has 5 (or 6) forward gears. The transmission is fully synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accomplished.
Type B
OQXI059003
WARNING
Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in 1st gear when the vehicle is parked on a uphill and in R (Reverse) on a downhill, set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.
OQXI059004
The shift lever can be moved without pressing the button (1). The button (1) must be pressed while moving the shift lever to R (Reverse).
To shift to R (Reverse), make sure the vehicle has completely stopped, and then move the shift lever to neutral before moving into R (Reverse).
When you've come to a complete stop and it's hard to shift into 1st gear or R (Reverse): 1. Put the shift lever in neutral and re-
lease the clutch pedal. 2. Depress the clutch pedal, and then
shift into first or R (Reverse) gear.
i Information
During cold weather, shifting may be difficult until the transmission lubricant has warmed up.
7-21
Driving your vehicle
Using the clutch (if equipped) The clutch pedal should be depressed all the way to the floor before:
- Starting the engine
The engine will not start without depressing the clutch pedal.
- Shifting
- To start your vehicle, slowly release the clutch pedal and depress the accelerator.
When releasing the clutch pedal, release it slowly. The clutch pedal should always be released while driving.
NOTICE
To prevent unnecessary wear or damage to the clutch:
· Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving.
· Do not hold the vehicle with the clutch on an incline, while waiting for the traffic light, etc.
· Always depress the clutch pedal down fully to prevent noise or damage.
· Do not start with the 2nd (second) gear engaged except when you start on a slippery road.
· Depress the clutch pedal all the way and be careful not to depress the pedal again before returning to the upright position after you release the pedal. If you depress the pedal before returning to the original position repeatedly, it may cause the clutch system failure.
Downshifting
Downshift when you must slow down in heavy traffic or drive up a steep hill to prevent engine load.
Also, downshifting reduces the chance of stalling and can accelerate when you need to increase your speed again.
When the vehicle is going downhill, downshifting helps maintain safe speed by providing brake power from the engine and enables less wear on the brakes.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine, clutch and transmission :
· When downshifting from 5th gear to 4th gear, be careful not to inadvertently push the shift lever sideways engaging the 2nd gear. A drastic downshift may cause the engine speed to increase to the point the tachometer will enter the red-zone.
· Do not downshift more than two gear at a time or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed (5,000 RPM or higher). Such a downshifting may damage the engine, clutch and the transmission.
7-22
07
Good driving practices
· Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill. This is extremely dangerous.
· Don't "ride" the brakes. This can cause the brakes and related parts to overheat and malfunction.
When you are driving down a long hill, slow down and shift to a lower gear. Engine braking will help slow down the vehicle.
· Slow down before shifting to a lower gear. This will help avoid over-revving the engine, which can cause damage.
· Slow down when you encounter cross winds. This gives you much better control of your vehicle.
· Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you shift into R (Reverse) to prevent damage to the transmission.
· Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
· ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant.
· Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
· Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
· The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.
· Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.
· In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.
· HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits.
WARNING
Do not use the engine brake (shifting from a higher gear to lower gear) rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle may slip causing an accident.
7-23
Driving your vehicle
INTELLIGENT MANUAL TRANSMISSION
Intelligent Manual Transmission (iMT) system use E-Clutch (Electronic Clutch) technology. Using the E-Clutch, the vehicle can cut engine drive off without pressing the clutch pedal by driver. The E-Clutch is controlled by an actuator that assists the driver in changing gear.
The driver can operate the vehicle on the flat ground when the gear is in first or second but the following warning message appears if the driver tries to operate when the gear is put in above third.
Intelligent Manual Transmission (iMT) technology improves driving convenience better than conventional Manual Transmission. There is NO CLUTCH PEDAL. The clutch is operated automatically, while shifting gear.
When the drier steps on the accelerator and tries to shift the gear, there could be a sense of obstruction compare to Manual Transmission.
To start engine, press the brake pedal and the shift lever at neutral position.
OQXI050025
It is possible to drive on a slope with the gear is in first but the following warning message appears when the driver operates while the gear is in above second.
OQXI050025
7-24
07
Intelligent Manual Transmission operation
OQXI050024
The following extreme cases may damage the clutch due to overheating while driving. Vehicle's own protection system sounds alarm and displays warning messages. Please shift into lower gear or stop the vehicle according to the instruction.
Shift into second gear and start to drive on a hill/drive at low speed.
Stop the vehicle on a hill with the accelerator/maintain low speed status.
Repetitive sudden accelerations and repetitive starts on a hill.
CAUTION
· Do not press the brake pedal by mistake during gear shift.
· The vehicle may not move or move jerkily, if proper gear is not selected according to the speed.
· Use the 1st gear and the parking brake to avoid roll-back during hill start.
OQXI059004
The shift lever can be moved without pressing the button (1).
The button (1) must be pressed while moving the shift lever to R (Reverse).
The Intelligent manual transmission has 6 forward gears.
This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift knob. The transmission is fully synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accomplished.
If your vehicle is equipped with an ignition lock switch, the engine will not start when starting the engine without depressing the brake pedal. (if equipped)
The shift lever must be returned to the neutral position before shifting into R (Reverse).
Push the button located immediately below the shift knob and pull the gearshift lever to the left sufficiently, and then shift into reverse (R) gear position.
Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R (Reverse).
Never operate the engine with the tachometer (rpm) in the red zone.
7-25
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
· When downshifting from fifth gear to fourth gear, caution should be taken not to inadvertently press the shift lever sideways in such a manner that the second gear is engaged. Such a drastic downshift may cause the engine speed to increase to the point that the tachometer will enter the red-zone. Such overrevving of the engine and transmission may possibly cause engine damage.
· Do not downshift more than 2 gears or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed (5,000 RPM or higher). Such a downshifting may damage the engine, clutch and the transmission.
· During cold weather, shifting may be difficult until the transmission lubricant is warmed up. This is normal and not harmful to the transmission.
· If you've come to a complete stop and it's hard to shift into 1st or R(Reverse), leave the shift lever at N(Neutral) position . Then shift into 1st or R(Reverse) gear position.
· To avoid premature clutch wear and damage. Don't use the clutch to hold the vehicle stopped on an uphill grade, while waiting for a traffic light, etc.
· Do not use the shift lever as a handrest during driving, as this can result in premature wear of the transmission shift forks.
To prevent possible damage to the clutch system, do not start with the 2nd (second) gear engaged except when you start on a slippery road.
WARNING
· Before leaving the driver's seat, always set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off. Then make sure the transmission is shifted into 1st gear when the vehicle is parked on a level or uphill grade, and shifted into R (Reverse) on a downhill grade. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed in the order identified.
· Do not use the engine brake (shifting from a high gear to lower gear) rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle may slip causing an accident.
7-26
07
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy traffic or while driving up steep hills, downshift before the engine starts to labor. Downshifting reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you again need to increase your speed. When the vehicle is traveling down steep hills, downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life.
Good driving practices
· Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill. This is extremely hazardous. Always leave the vehicle in gear.
· Don't "ride" the brakes. This can cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are driving down a long hill, shift to a lower gear. When you do this, engine braking will help slow down the vehicle.
· Slow down before shifting to a lower gear. This will help avoid over-revving the engine, which can cause damage.
· Slow down when you encounter cross winds. This gives you much better control of your vehicle.
· Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into reverse. The transmission can be damaged if you do not.
· Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control.
WARNING
· Always buckle-up! In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant.
· Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
· Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
· The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.
· Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway.
· In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.
· Never exceed posted speed limits.
7-27
Driving your vehicle
'8$/&/87&+75$160,66,21,)(48,33('
Manual shift mode
OQXI059017
Depress the brake pedal and press the shift button while moving the shift lever. Press the shift button while moving the shift lever. The shift lever can freely operate.
7-28
07
Dual clutch transmission operation
The dual clutch transmission has seven forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected automatically when the shift lever is in the D (Drive) position.
· The dual clutch transmission can be thought of as an automatically shifting manual transmission. It gives the driving feel of a manual transmission, yet provides the ease of a fully automatic transmission.
· When D (Drive) is selected, the transmission will automatically shift through the gears similar to a conventional automatic transmission. Unlike a traditional automatic transmission, the gear shifting can sometimes be felt and heard as the actuators engage the clutches and the gears are selected.
· The dual clutch transmission incorporates a dry-type dual clutch mechanism, which allows for better acceleration performance and increased fuel efficiency while driving. But it differs from a conventional automatic transmission because it does not incorporate a torque converter. Instead, the transition from one gear to the next is managed by clutch slip, especially at lower speeds.
As a result, shifts are sometimes more noticeable, and a light vibration can be felt as the transmission shaft speed is matched with the engine shaft speed. This is a normal condition of the dual clutch transmission.
· The dry-type clutch transfers torque more directly and provides a direct-drive feeling which may feel different from a conventional automatic transmission. This may be more noticeable when launching the vehicle from a stop or when traveling at low, stop-and-go vehicle speeds.
· When rapidly accelerating from a lower vehicle speed, the engine rpm may increase dramatically as a result of clutch slip as the dual clutch transmission selects the correct gear. This is a normal condition.
· When accelerating from a stop on an incline, press the accelerator smoothly and gradually to avoid any shudder feeling or jerkiness.
· When traveling at a lower vehicle speed, if you release the accelerator pedal quickly, you may feel engine braking before the transmission changes gears. This engine braking feeling is similar to operating a manual transmission at low speed.
· When driving downhill, you may wish to move the gear shift lever to Manual Shift mode and downshift to a lower gear in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively.
· When you turn the engine on and off, you may hear clicking sounds as the system goes through a selftest. This is a normal sound for the dual clutch transmission.
· During the first 1,500 km (1000 miles), you may feel that the vehicle may not be smooth when accelerating at low speed. During this break-in period, the shift quality and performance of your new vehicle is continuously optimized.
7-29
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
· ALWAYS check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
· Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, then set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/ OFF position. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed.
· Do not use aggressive engine braking (shifting from a higher gear to a lower gear) on slippery roads. This could cause the tires to slip and may result in an accident.
NOTICE
· Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
· Do not put the shift lever in N (Neutral) while driving.
WARNING
If the transmission cannot shift into Drive or Reverse, the position indicator D or R) on the cluster will blink. We recommend that you contact an authorized Hyundai dealer to have the system checked.
LCD display for warning message DCT warning messages
This warning message is displayed when vehicle is driven slowly on a grade and the vehicle detects that the brake pedal is not applied.
OAD058175N
Steep grade Driving up hills or on steep grades: · To hold the vehicle on an incline
use the foot brake or the parking brake. · When in stop-and-go traffic on an incline, allow a gap to form ahead of you before moving the vehicle forward. Then hold the vehicle on the incline with the foot brake. · If the vehicle is held on a hill by applying the accelerator pedal or by creeping with the brake pedal disengaged, the clutch and transmission may overheat which can result in damage. At this time, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. · If the LCD warning is active, the foot brake must be applied. · Ignoring the warnings can lead to damage to the transmission.
7-30
07
Transmission ranges The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
P (Park) Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park).
To shift from P (Park), you must depress firmly on the brake pedal and make sure your foot is off the accelerator pedal.
If you have done all of the above and still cannot shift the lever out of P (Park), see "Shift-Lock Release" in this chapter.
The shift lever must be in P (Park) before turning the engine off.
WARNING
· Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion may cause you to lose control of the vehicle.
· After the vehicle has stopped, always make sure the shift lever is in P (Park), apply the parking brake, and turn the engine off.
· When parking on an incline, block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from rolling down.
· For safety, always engage the parking brake with the shift lever in the P (Park) position except for the case of emergency parking.
R (Reverse) Use this position to drive the vehicle backward.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you may damage the transmission if you shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is in motion.
N (Neutral) The wheels and transmission are not engaged. Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart a stalled engine, or if it is necessary to stop with the engine ON. Shift into P (Park) if you need to leave your vehicle for any reason. Always depress the brake pedal when you are shifting from N (Neutral) to another gear.
D (Drive) This is the normal driving position. The transmission will automatically shift through a 7-gear sequence, providing the best fuel economy and power. For extra power when passing another vehicle or driving uphill, depress the accelerator fully. The transmission will automatically downshift to the next lower gear (or gears, as appropriate).
7-31
Driving your vehicle
OQXI059018
Manual shift mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion, manual shift mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D (Drive) position into the manual gate. To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into the main gate.
In manual shift mode, moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly.
Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear.
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear.
i Information
· Only the seven forward gears can be selected. To reverse or park the vehicle, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as required.
· Downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected.
· When the engine rpm approaches the red zone the transmission will upshift automatically.
· If the driver presses the lever to + (Up) or - (Down) position, the transmission may not make the requested gear change if the next gear is outside of the allowable engine rpm range. The driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, taking care to keep the engine rpms below the red zone.
Shift-lock system For your safety, the dual clutch transmission has a shift-lock system which prevents shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or place the ignition switch in the ON position.
3. Move the shift lever.
7-32
07
Shift-lock release
If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position into R (Reverse) position with the brake pedal depressed, continue depressing the brake, and then do the following:
Parking
Always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/ OFF position. Take the Key with you when exiting the vehicle.
OQXI059020
1. Press the shift-lock release button.
2. Press and hold the lock release button on the shift lever.
3. Move the shift lever.
4. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer immediately
WARNING
When you stay in the vehicle with the engine running, be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time. The engine or exhaust system may overheat and start a fire.
The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot. Keep away from the exhaust system components.
Do not stop or park over flammable materials, such as dry grass, paper or leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire.
7-33
Driving your vehicle
Good driving practices
· Never move the shift lever from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed.
· Never move the shift lever into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
· Do not move the shift lever to N (Neutral) when driving. Doing so may result in an accident because of a loss of engine braking and the transmission could be damaged.
· Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but consistent pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear and possibly even brake failure.
· Depressing both accelerator and brake pedals at the same time can trigger logic for engine power reduction to assure vehicle deceleration. Vehicle acceleration will resume after the brake pedal is released.
· When driving in Manual shift mode, slow down before shifting to a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may not be engaged if the engine rpms are outside of the allowable range.
· Always apply the parking brake when leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.
· Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident
· Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator.
7-34
07
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
· ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant.
· Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
· Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
· The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.
· Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.
· In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.
· HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits.
Paddle shifter
OAEE056003
The paddle shifter is available when the shift button is in the D (Drive) position.
With the shift button in the D position The paddle shifter will operate when the vehicle speed is more than 10km/h. Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear and the system changes from automatic mode to manual mode. When the vehicle speed is lower than 10km/h, if you depress the accelerator pedal for more than 5 seconds, the system changes from manual mode to automatic mode.
i Information
If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are pulled at the same time, gear shift may not occur.
7-35
Driving your vehicle
BRAKING SYSTEM
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage.
If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assist for the brakes will not work. You can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than typical. The stopping distance, however, will be longer than with power brakes.
When the engine is not running, the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied. Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces.
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
· Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will create abnormal high brake temperatures, excessive brake lining and pad wear, and increased stopping distances.
· When descending a long or steep hill, shift to a lower gear and avoid continuous application of the brakes. Applying the brakes continuously will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking performance.
· Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's ability to safely slow down; the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied. Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way. Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water. To dry the brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to heat up the brakes while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal. Avoid driving at high speeds until the brakes function correctly.
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal.
Please remember some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes.
NOTICE
To avoid costly brake repairs, do not continue to drive with worn brake pads.
i Information
Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets.
7-36
07
Rear drum brakes
Your rear drum brakes do not have wear indicators.Therefore, have the rear brake linings inspected if you hear a rear brake rubbing noise. Also have your rear brakes inspected each time you change or rotate your tires and when you have the front brakes replaced.
Parking brake
OQXI059006
To release: Firmly depress the brake pedal. Slightly pull up the parking brake lever. While pressing the release button (1), lower the parking brake (2).
OQXI059005
Always set the parking brake before leaving the vehicle, to apply: Firmly depress the brake pedal. Pull up the parking brake lever as far as possible.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident.
If the parking brake does not release or does not release all the way, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
· Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into the 1st gear (for manual transmission vehicle) or P (Park) position (for dual clutch transmission vehicle), then apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/ OFF position.
Vehicles with the parking brake not fully engaged are at risk for moving inadvertently and causing injury to yourself or others.
7-37
Driving your vehicle
· NEVER allow anyone who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the parking brake. If the parking brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur.
· Only release the parking brake when you are seated inside the vehicle with your foot firmly on the brake pedal.
NOTICE
· Do not apply the accelerator pedal while the parking brake is engaged. If you depress the accelerator pedal with the parking brake engaged, warning will sound. Damage to the parking brake may occur.
· Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the braking system and cause premature wear or damage to brake parts. Make sure the parking brake is released and the Brake Warning Light is off before driving.
Check the Parking Brake Warning Light by placing the ignition switch to the ON position (do not start the engine).
This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking brake is released and the Brake Warning Light is OFF.
If the Parking Brake Warning Light remains on after the parking brake is released while engine is running, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location.
7-38
07
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
WARNING
An Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers. Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions. The braking distance for cars equipped with ABS may be longer than for those without these systems in the following road conditions.
Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds during the following conditions:
· Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads.
· On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height.
· Tire chains are installed on your vehicle.
The safety features of an ABS equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed driving or cornering. This could endanger the safety of yourself or others.
ABS is an electronic braking system that helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time.
Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard as possible.
When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ABS is active.
ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle.
Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that results from sudden changes in direction, such as trying to take a corner too fast or making a sudden lane change. Always drive at a safe speed for the road and weather conditions.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability. Always steer moderately when braking hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel movement can still cause your vehicle to veer into oncoming traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces, operation of the anti-lock brake system may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system.
The ABS warning light ( ) will stay on for several seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position. During that time, the ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
7-39
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
If the ABS warning light ( ) is on and stays on, you may h a v e a problem with the ABS. Your power brakes will work normally. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, we recommend that you contact your HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) (if equipped)
CAUTION
When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy road, and apply your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light ( ) may illuminate. Pull your car o v e r to a safe place and turn the engine off.
Restart the engine. If the ABS warning light is off, then your ABS system is normal. Otherwise, you may have a problem with your ABS system. We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
OQXI059007
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers.
ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going.
ESC applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the engine management system to assist the driver with keeping the vehicle on the intended path. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Always adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions.
i Information
When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the ABS warning light ( ) may turn on at the same time. This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.
WARNING
Never drive too fast for the road conditions or too quickly when cornering. The ESC system will not prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can result in severe accidents.
7-40
07
ESC operation
ESC ON condition When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the ESC and the ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately three seconds. After both lights go off, the ESC is enabled.
When operating When the ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator light blinks:
· When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ESC is active.
· When the ESC activates, the engine may not respond to the accelerator as it does under routine conditions.
· If the Cruise Control was in use when the ESC activates, the Cruise Control automatically disengages. The Cruise Control can be reengaged when the road conditions allow. See "Cruise Control System" later in this chapter (if equipped).
· When moving out of the mud or driving on a slippery road, the engine rpm (revolutions per minute) may not increase even if you press the accelerator pedal deeply. This is to maintain the stability and traction of the vehicle and does not indicate a problem.
ESC OFF condition To cancel ESC operation :
· State 1 Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The ESC OFF indicator light and/or message "Traction Control disabled" will illuminate (if equipped with supervision cluster). In this state, the traction control function of ESC (engine management) is disabled, but the brake control function of ESC (braking management) still operates.
· State 2 Press and hold the ESC OFF button continuously for more than 3 seconds. The ESC OFF indicator light and/or message "Traction & Stability Control disabled" illuminates (if equipped with supervision cluster) and a warning chime sounds. In this state, both the traction control function of ESC (engine management) and the brake control function of ESC (braking management) are disabled. If the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK/OFF position when ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the vehicle, the ESC will automatically turn on again.
7-41
Driving your vehicle
Indicator lights
ESC indicator light (blinks)
OTD059012
ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized wheels and tires installed.
OTD059013
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the ESC indicator light illuminates, then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally. The ESC indicator light blinks whenever the ESC is operating. If the ESC indicator light stays on, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ESC system. When this warning light illuminates we recommend that the vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button.
WARNING
When the ESC is blinking, this indicates the ESC is active: Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to accelerate. NEVER turn the ESC off while the ESC indicator light is blinking or you may lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident.
7-42
ESC OFF usage When Driving The ESC OFF mode should only be used briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in snow or mud, by temporarily stopping operation of the ESC, to maintain wheel torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the transmission:
· Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to spin excessively while the ESC, ABS, and parking brake warning lights are displayed. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Reduce engine power and do not spin the wheel(s) excessively while these lights are displayed.
· When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer, make sure the ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light illuminated).
i Information
Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or standard brake system operation.
07
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) (if equipped)
The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) is a function of the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. It helps ensure the vehicle stays stable when accelerating or braking suddenly on wet, slippery and rough roads where traction over the four tires can suddenly become uneven.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using the Vehicle Stability Management (VSM):
· ALWAYS check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead. The VSM is not a substitute for safe driving practices.
· Never drive too fast for the road conditions. The VSM system will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in bad weather, slippery and uneven roads can result in severe accidents.
VSM operation VSM ON condition The VSM operates when: · The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) is on. · Vehicle speed is approximately
above 15 km/h (9 mph) on curve roads. · Vehicle speed is approximately above 20 km/h (12 mph) when the vehicle is braking on rough roads.
When operating When you apply your brakes under conditions which may activate the ESC, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your VSM is active.
i Information
The VSM does not operate when: · Driving on a banked road such as
gradient or incline · Driving in reverse. · The ESC OFF indicator light is on. · The EPS (Electric Power Steering)
warning light ( ) is on or blinks.
7-43
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
If the ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS warning light ( ) stays on or blinks, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the VSM system. When the warning light illuminates we recommend that the vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) (if equipped)
The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards when starting a vehicle from a stop on a hill. The system operates the brakes automatically for approximately 2 seconds and releases the brake after 2 seconds or when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized tires and wheels installed.
WARNING
Always be ready to depress the accelerator pedal when starting off on a incline. The HAC activates only for approximately 2 seconds.
i Information
· The HAC does not operate when the shift lever is in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
· The HAC activates even when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is off. However, it does not activate, when the ESC does not operate normally.
7-44
07
Good braking practices
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into the 1st gear (for manual transmission vehicle) or P (Park) position (for dual clutch transmission vehicle), then apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position.
Vehicles with the parking brake not fully engaged are at risk for moving inadvertently and causing injury to yourself or others.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down. When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped to prevent the vehicle from rolling forward.
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The brakes may get wet if the vehicle is driven through standing water or if it is washed. Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times. If the braking action does not return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and we recommend that you call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but constant pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear, and possibly even brake failure.
7-45
Driving your vehicle
,6*,'/(6723$1'*26<67(0,)(48,33('
The ISG system is to reduce the fuel consumption by automatically shutting down the engine, when the vehicle is at a standstill (i.e. red stop light, stop sign, and traffic jam).
The engine is automatically started upon satisfying the starting conditions.
The ISG system is always active, when the engine is running.
- The vehicle is driven on a steep incline. (for dual clutch transmission)
i Information
Type A
i Information
When the engine is automatically started by the ISG system, some warning lights (i.e. ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS, and parking brake warning light) may illuminate for a few seconds due to the low battery voltage. However, it does not indicate a malfunction with the ISG system.
Type B
OQXI059008
To activate the ISG system
Prerequisite for activation The ISG system operates in the following situations.
- The driver's seatbelt is fastened.
- The driver's door and the hood are closed.
- The brake vacuum pressure is adequate.
- The battery is sufficiently charged.
- The outside temperature is between -20 °C and 35 °C (-4 °F and 95 °F).
- The engine coolant temperature is not too low.
- The system is not in the diagnostic mode.
- The steering wheel is not steered excessively. (for dual clutch transmission)
OQXI059009
· The ISG system is not activated, when the prerequisites to activate the ISG system are unsatisfied. In this case, the ISG OFF button indicator illuminates, and the auto stop indicator ( ) illuminates in yellow on the instrument cluster.
· When the above indicator remains illuminated on the instrument cluster, we recommend that you have the IGS system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-46
07
Auto stop
i Information
The driving speed must reach at least 8 km/h (5 mph) after an idle stop to stop the engine in idle stop mode again.
OGB058073
To stop the engine in idle stop mode Manual transmission vehicle 1. Decrease the vehicle speed to 5
km/h (3 mph). 2. Set the gear in N (Neutral). 3. Release the clutch pedal. The auto stop indicator ( ) illuminates in green on the instrument cluster, when the engine stops.
i Information
The driving speed must reach at least 10 km/h (6 mph) after an idle stop to stop the engine in idle stop mode again.
In auto stop mode, when the driver opens the hood, the ISG system will be deactivated. When the system is deactivated:
OQXI059010
The ISG OFF button indicator illuminates.
Dual clutch transmission vehicle
1. Decrease the vehicle speed to 0 km/h.
2. Depress the brake pedal with the shift lever in D (Drive) or N (Neutral).
The auto stop indicator ( ) illuminates in green on the instrument cluster, when the engine stops.
OTLE055036
The message, "Auto Stop deactivated. Start manually", appears on the LCD display with a beep sound.
At this time, restart the vehicle manually by:
7-47
Driving your vehicle
Manual transmission vehicle Depressing the clutch and brake pedal with the gear in neutral.
Dual clutch transmission vehicle Depressing the brake pedal with the shift lever in P (Park) or N (Neutral). But for your safety, restart the vehicle in the P (Park) position.
Auto start To restart the engine in the auto stop mode Manual transmission vehicle · Depress the clutch pedal with the
gear in N (Neutral). The auto stop indicator ( ) goes OFF on the instrument cluster, when the engine is restarted.
Dual clutch transmission vehicle · Release the brake pedal. · When Auto Hold is activated, if you
release the brake pedal, the engine will be in the auto stop state. However, if you depress the accelerator pedal, the engine will start again. The auto stop indicator ( ) goes OFF on the instrument cluster, when the engine is restarted.
The engine is automatically restarted in the following situations.
- The fan speed of the manual climate control system is set above the 3rd position, with the air condition ON.
- The fan speed of the automatic climate control system is set above the 6th position, with the air condition ON.
- A certain period of time has elapsed with the air condition ON.
- The defroster is activated.
- The brake vacuum pressure is low.
- The battery is weak.
- The driving speed exceeds 5 km/h (3 mph). (for manual transmission vehicle)
- The driving speed exceeds 2 km/h (1.2 mph). (for Dual clutch transmission vehicle
- The vehicle is shifted to P (Park) or R (Reverse) when the brake pedal is depressed.
- The door is opened or seat belt is unfastened when the brake pedal is depressed.
The auto stop indicator ( ) blinks in green for 5 seconds on the instrument cluster and a message "Auto Start" will appear on the LCD display.
7-48
07
OGB054013
The auto start is temporarily deactivated in the following situations.
Manual transmission vehicle
When the gear is shifted without the clutch pedal depressed. A message "Press clutch pedal for Auto Start" will appear on the LCD display. To activate auto start, shift to neutral and depress the clutch pedal.
To deactivate the ISG system
· Press the ISG OFF button to deactivate the ISG system. Then, the ISG OFF button indicator illuminates, and the message "Auto Stop System Off" appears on the LCD display.
· Press the ISG OFF button again to reactivate the ISG system. Then, the ISG OFF button indicator turns OFF.
ISG system malfunction
The ISG system may not operate: When there is a malfunction with the ISG sensors or the ISG system.
The followings occur, when there is a malfunction with the ISG system: · The auto stop indicator ( ) will
blink in yellow on the instrument cluster. · The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate.
OGB058040
Dual clutch transmission vehicle
When the shift lever is shifted from N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or Manual shift mode without the brake pedal depressed. A message "Press brake pedal for Auto Start" will appear on the LCD display. To activate auto start, depress the brake pedal.
i Information
· When you cannot turn OFF the ISG OFF button indicator by pressing the ISG OFF button, or when the malfunction with the ISG system persists, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· You can turn off the ISG OFF button indicator by driving over 80 km/h (50 mph) for up to 2 hours with the fan speed below the 2nd position. If the ISG OFF button indicator remains ON, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-49
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
When the engine is in auto stop mode, the engine may restart. Before leaving the vehicle or checking the engine compartment, stop the engine by placing the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position or removing the ignition key.
The battery sensor deactivation
OGB078112
[A] : Battery sensor
The battery sensor is deactivated, when the battery is disconnected from the negative pole for maintenance purpose. In this case, the ISG system is limitedly operated due to the battery sensor deactivation. Thus, the driver needs to take the following procedures to reactivate the battery sensor after disconnecting the battery.
Prerequisites to reactivate the battery sensor Keep the engine in the OFF status for 4 hours, and attempt to restart the engine 3 to 4 times for the battery-sensor reactivation. Pay extreme caution not to connect any accessories (i.e. navigation and black box) to the vehicle with the engine in the OFF status. If not, the battery sensor may not be reactivated.
i Information
The ISG system may not operate in the following situations.
- There is a malfunction with the IGS system.
- The battery is weak.
- The brake vacuum pressure is low.
In those cases, we recommend that you have the ISG system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
· Use only the genuine HYUNDAI ISG battery for replacement. If not, the ISG system may not normally operate.
· Do not recharge the ISG battery with a general battery charger. If not, it may damage or explode the ISG battery.
· Do not remove the battery cap. If not, the battery electrolyte, which is harmful to the human body, may leak out.
7-50
07
&58,6(&21752/,)(48,33('
Cruise Control operation
1. Cruise indicator 2. Set speed
OQXI059011
· Do not use the Cruise Control when it may be unsafe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed:
- When driving in heavy traffic or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed
- When driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads
- When driving on hilly or winding roads
- When driving in windy areas
· Do not use cruise control when towing a trailer.
The Cruise Control system allows you to drive at speeds above 30 km/h (20 mph) without depressing the accelerator pedal.
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
· Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit in your country.
· If the Cruise Control is left on, (the cruise) indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated) the Cruise Control can be activated unintentionally. Keep the Cruise Control system off (CRUISE indicator light OFF) when the Cruise Control is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed.
· Use the Cruise Control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather.
NOTICE
During cruise-speed driving of a manual transmission vehicle, do not shift into neutral without depressing the clutch pedal, since the engine will be overrevved. If this happens, depress the clutch pedal or press the cruise control ON / OFF button.
i Information
· During normal cruise control operation, when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes, the cruise control will activate after approximately 3 seconds. This delay is normal.
· Before activating the cruise control function, the system will check to verify that the brake switch is operating normally. Depress the brake pedal at least once after turning ON the ignition or starting the vehicle.
7-51
Driving your vehicle
Cruise control switch
To set Cruise Control speed
Type A
OSU2I069058
: Turns Cruise Control system on or off.
+ : Sets or increases Cruise Control speed.
- : Sets or decreases Cruise Control speed.
: Pause and resume Cruise Control operation.
Type B
OQXI059012
OSU2I069059
1. Press the CRUISE button on the steering wheel to turn the system on. The cruise indicator will illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which must be more than 30 km/h (20 mph).
i Information - Manual
transmission
For manual transmission vehicles, you should depress the brake pedal at least once to set the cruise control after starting the engine.
7-52
Type A
07
To increase Cruise Control speed
Type A
Type B
OQXI059013
Type B
OQXI059014
OSU2I069054
3. Push the toggle switch down (-), and release it. The SET indicator or set speed on the LCD display will illuminate.
4. Release the accelerator pedal.
i Information
On a steep slope, the vehicle may slightly slow down or speed up, while driving uphill or downhill.
OSU2I069055
· Push the toggle switch up (+), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by 1 km/h (1 mph) each time you move the toggle switch up in this manner.
· Push the toggle switch up (+), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will increase by 10 km/h (5 mph). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want.
· Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the toggle switch down (-).
7-53
Driving your vehicle
To decrease Cruise Control speed
Type A
To temporarily accelerate with the Cruise Control ON
Depress the accelerator pedal. When you take your foot off the accelerator, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed.
If you push the toggle switch down (-) at the increased speed, the Cruise Control will maintain the increased speed.
Type B
OQXI059013
OSU2I069054
· Push the toggle switch down (-), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1 km/h (1 mph) each time you move the toggle switch down in this manner.
· Push the toggle switch down (-), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will decrease by 10 km/h (5 mph). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want.
· Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the toggle switch down (-).
7-54
07
Cruise Control will be canceled when:
Type A
· Decreasing the vehicle speed to less than approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).
· The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is operating.
· Downshifting to the 2nd gear in manual shift mode. (for dual clutch transmission vehicle)
Type B
OQXI059015
OSU2I069056
· Depressing the brake pedal.
· Depressing the clutch pedal. (for manual transmission vehicle)
· Pressing the CANCEL button located on the steering wheel.
· Pressing the CRUISE button.
Both the cruise indicator and the SET indicator or set speed will turn off.
· Moving the shift lever into N (Neutral). (for dual clutch transmission vehicle)
i Information
Each of the above actions will cancel Cruise Control operation (the set speed on the instrument cluster will go off), but only pressing the CRUISE button will turn the system off. If you wish to resume Cruise Control operation, push the toggle switch up (+) located on your steering wheel. You will return to your previously preset speed, unless the system was turned off using the CRUISE button.
7-55
Driving your vehicle
To resume preset Cruising speed
Type A
To turn Cruise Control off
Type A
Type B
OQXI059014
Type B
OQXI059012
OSU2I069055
Push the toggle switch up (+). If the vehicle speed is over 30 km/h (20 mph), the vehicle will resume the preset speed.
OSU2I069059
Press the CRUISE button. The cruise indicator light will go off.
7-56
07
63(&,$/'5,9,1*&21',7,216
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water, snow, ice, mud or sand: Drive cautiously and allow extra distance for braking. Avoid sudden movements in braking or steering. If stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive wheels.
WARNING
Downshifting with a duel clutch transmission, while driving on slippery surfaces can cause an accident. The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid. Be careful when downshifting on slippery surfaces.
Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when stalled in ice, snow, or mud.
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels. Then, shift back and forth between 1st and R (Reverse, for manual transmission vehicle) or R (Reverse) and a forward gear (for duel clutch transmission vehicle). Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal while the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that may free the vehicle.
NOTICE
If the tires spin at high speed the tires can explode, and you or others may be injured. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle.
The vehicle can overheat causing an engine compartment fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid spinning the wheels at speeds over 56 km/h (35 mph) as indicated on the speedometer.
NOTICE
If you are still stuck after rocking the vehicle a few times, have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating, possible damage to the transmission, and tire damage. See "Towing" in chapter 6.
7-57
Driving your vehicle
Smooth cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in corners, especially when roads are wet. Ideally, corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration.
Driving at night
Night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight. Here are some important tips to remember:
· Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights.
· Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver's headlights.
· Keep your headlights clean and properly aimed. Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night.
· Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles. You could be temporarily blinded, and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness.
Driving in the rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous. Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain or on slick pavement:
· Slow down and allow extra following distance. A heavy rainfall makes it harder to see and increases the distance needed to stop your vehicle.
· Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield.
· Be sure your tires have enough tread. If your tires do not have enough tread, making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident. See "Tire Tread" in chapter 7.
· Turn on your headlights to make it easier for others to see you.
· Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly.
· If you believe your brakes may be wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns.
Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough, your vehicle may have little or no contact with the road surface and actually ride on the water. The best advice is SLOW DOWN when the road is wet. The risk of hydroplaning increases as the depth of tire tread decreases, refer to "Tire Tread" in chapter 7.
7-58
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive through any water slowly. Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be reduced.
After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
07
7-59
Driving your vehicle
WINTER DRIVING
Snow or icy conditions
You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During deceleration, use engine braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.
Snow tires
WARNING
Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle's standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected.
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle's handling in all weather conditions. The traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle's original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations.
7-60
i Information
Do not install studded tires without first checking local and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
Tire chains
OQXI059016
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are thinner than other types of tires, they may be damaged by mounting some types of tire chains on them. Therefore, the use of snow tires is recommended instead of tire chains. Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels; if unavoidable use a wire type chain. If tire chains must be used, use genuine HYUNDAI parts and install the tire chain after reviewing the instructions provided with the tire chains. Damage to your vehicle caused by improper tire chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturer's warranty.
07
WARNING
The use of tire chains may adversely affect vehicle handling:
· Drive less than 30 km/h (20 mph) or the chain manufacturer's recommended speed limit, whichever is lower.
· Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes, sharp turns, and other road hazards, which may cause the vehicle to bounce.
· Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel braking.
i Information
· Install tire chains on the front tires. It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tires will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids.
· Do not install tire chains without first checking local and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
Chain Installation When installing tire chains, follow the manufacturer's instructions and mount them as tightly possible. Drive slowly (less than 30 km/h (20 mph)) with chains installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and tighten them. If they still make contact, slow down until the noise stops. Remove the tire chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads.
When mounting snow chains, park the vehicle on level ground away from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning Flasher and place a triangular emergency warning device behind the vehicle (if available). Always place the shift lever in neutral, apply the parking brake and turn off the engine before installing snow chains.
NOTICE
When using tire chains:
· Wrong size chains or improperly installed chains can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.
· Use SAE "S" class or wire chains.
· If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body, retighten the chain to prevent contact with the vehicle body.
· To prevent body damage, retighten the chains after driving 0.5~1.0 km (0.3~0.6 miles).
· Do not use tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels. If unavoidable, use a wire type chain.
· Use wire chains less than 12 mm (0.47 in) wide to prevent damage to the chain's connection.
7-61
Driving your vehicle
Winter precautions
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in chapter 7. Before winter, have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system. Visually inspect the battery and cables as described in chapter 7. The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a service station.
Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary
In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be used during cold weather. See chapter 8 for recommendations. If you aren't sure what weight oil you should use, we recommend that you consult with an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs as described in chapter 7 and replace them if necessary. Also check all ignition wiring and components to be sure they are not cracked, worn or damaged in any way.
To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an approved de-icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening. If a lock is covered with ice, squirt it with an approved de-icing fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key. Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury.
Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing, add an approved window washer anti-freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is available from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and most auto parts outlets. Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti-freeze as these may damage the paint finish.
7-62
07
Don't let your parking brake freeze
Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze, apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever in P (for duel clutch transmission) or in first or reverse gear (for manual transmission) and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Then release the parking brake.
Don't place foreign objects or materials in the engine compartment
Placement of foreign objects or materials which prevent cooling of the engine, in the engine compartment, may cause a failure or combustion. The manufacturer is not responsible for the damage caused by such placement.
Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath
Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen, you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed.
Carry emergency equipment
Depending on the severity of the weather, you should carry appropriate emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains, tow straps or chains, flashlight, emergency flares, sand, shovel, jumper cables, window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.
7-63
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE WEIGHT
Two labels on your driver's door sill show how much weight your vehicle was designed to carry: the Tire and Loading Information Label and the Certification Label. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, from the vehicle's specifications and the Certification Label:
Base Curb Weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo Weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) This is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the Certification Label located on the driver's door sill.
Overloading
WARNING
The Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) and the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) for your vehicle are on the Certification Label attached to the driver's (or front passenger's) door. Exceeding these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage. You can calculate the weight of your load by weighing the items (and people) before putting them in the vehicle. Be careful not to overload your vehicle.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Certification Label. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR.
7-64
8. What to do in an emergency
Hazard warning flasher.......................................................................................8-2 In case of an emergency while driving..............................................................8-2
If the engine stalls while driving......................................................................8-2 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing................................................8-2 If you have a flat tire while driving..................................................................8-3 If the engine will not start...................................................................................8-3 If the engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly......................................8-3 If the engine turns over normally but doesn't start.......................................8-3 Jump starting...................................................................................................... 8-4 If the engine overheats....................................................................................... 8-7 Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS).......................................................... 8-9 Low tire pressure telltale................................................................................ 8-10 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunction indicator................. 8-11 Changing a tire with tpms.............................................................................. 8-11 If you have a flat tire.......................................................................................... 8-13 Jack and tools................................................................................................. 8-13 Removing and storing the spare tire............................................................. 8-13 Changing tires................................................................................................ 8-14
8 Jack label........................................................................................................ 8-18
EC Declaration of conformity for Jack......................................................... 8-19 Towing............................................................................................................... 8-20
Towing service............................................................................................... 8-20 Removable towing hook................................................................................ 8-21 Emergency towing......................................................................................... 8-21 Emergency commodity.....................................................................................8-23 First aid kit.......................................................................................................8-23 Triangle reflector............................................................................................8-23
What to do in an emergency
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
OQXI069001
The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway. To turn the hazard warning flasher on or off, press the hazard warning flasher button with the ignition switch in any position. The button is located in the center console switch panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously. · The hazard warning flasher oper-
ates whether your vehicle is running or not. · The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on.
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
If the engine stalls while driving · Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
· Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
· Try to start the engine again. If your vehicle will not start, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing, if safe to do so, move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe location.
· If your vehicle has a manual transmission not equipped with a ignition lock switch, the vehicle can move forward by shifting to the 2(second) or 3(third) gear and then turning the starter without depressing the clutch pedal.
8-2
08
If you have a flat tire while driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
· Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead. Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm, level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes.
· When the vehicle is stopped, press the hazard warning flasher button, move the shift lever into P (Park, for duel clutch transmission vehicle) or neutral (for manual transmission vehicle), apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position.
· Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic.
· When changing a flat tire, follow the instructions provided later in this chapter.
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START
If the engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly · Be sure the shift lever is in N (Neu-
tral) or P (Park) if it is a duel clutch transmission vehicle. The engine starts only when the shift lever is in N (Neutral) or P (Park). · Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight. · Turn on the interior light. If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is drained. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. This could cause damage to your vehicle.
See instructions for "Jump Starting" provided in this chapter.
WARNING
Push or pull starting the vehicle may cause the catalytic converter to overload which can lead to damage to the emission control system.
If the engine turns over normally but doesn't start · Check the fuel level and add fuel if
necessary. If the engine still does not start, we recommend that you call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
8-3
What to do in an emergency
JUMP STARTING
Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Follow the jump starting procedure in this section to avoid serious injury or damage to your vehicle. If in doubt about how to properly jump start your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have a service technician or towing service do it for you.
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to you or bystanders, always follow these precautions when working near or handling the battery:
Always read and follow instructions carefully when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.
Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of reach of children.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
· When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.
· Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is frozen.
· NEVER attempt to recharge the battery when the vehicle's battery cables are connected to the battery.
· The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. NEVER touch these components with the engine running or when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
· Do not allow the (+) and (-) jumper cables to touch. It may cause sparks.
· The battery may rupture or explode when you jump start with a low or frozen battery.
· Never attempt jump start if you observe cracks, leaks or other damage on Battery.
8-4
08
CAUTION
· Improper jump starting procedure can result in battery explosion and acid burn hazard.
· Loosely connected battery cables could damage the electronic control units.
· To disconnect battery terminals wait for at least 2 minutes to allow discharge of high voltage or it could lead to personal injury.
· While disconnecting, always disconnect the -VE terminal first and while connecting, always connect the -VE terminal last.
Jump starting procedure
1. Position the vehicles close enough that the jumper cables will reach, but do not allow the vehicles to touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the engine compartment at all times, even when the vehicles are turned off.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such as radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park, for duel clutch transmission vehicle) or neutral (for manual transmission vehicle), and set the parking brakes. Turn both vehicles OFF.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle: · Only use a 12-volt power supply
(battery or jumper system) to jump start your vehicle. · Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle by push-starting.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human Pb health. Dispose the battery according to your local law(s) or regulation.
Jumper Cables
(-)
(+) Booster Battery
(-)
(+)
Jumper Terminal
OQXI069002
4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one jumper cable to the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
5. Connect the other end of the jumper cable to the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2).
6. Connect the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) battery/ chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3).
8-5
What to do in an emergency
7. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery or jumper terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections.
8. Start the engine of the assisting vehicle and let it run at approximately 2,000 rpm for a few minutes. Then start your vehicle.
If your vehicle will not start after a few attempts, it probably requires servicing. In this event please seek qualified assistance. If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, we recommend that your vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Disconnect the jumper cables in the exact reverse order you connected them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper cable from the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
WARNING
Never connect Jumper Cable directly to the negative (-) terminal of discharged Battery (Your Vehicle Battery), or an Explosion may occur.
8-6
08
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gauge indicates overheating, you experience a loss of power, or hear loud pinging or knocking, the engine may be overheating. If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so.
2. Place the shift lever in P (Park, for duel clutch transmission vehicle) or neutral (for manual transmission vehicle) and set the parking brake. If the air conditioning is ON, turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is coming out from the hood, stop the engine. Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped. If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam, leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not running, turn the engine off.
WARNING
While the engine is running, keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving parts such as the cooling fan and drive belt to prevent serious injury.
4. Check for coolant leaking from the radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If the air conditioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop.)
5. If engine coolant is leaking out, stop the engine immediately and we recommend that you call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
WARNING
NEVER remove the radiator cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure, causing serious injury.
Turn the engine off and wait until the engine cools down. Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.
8-7
What to do in an emergency
6. If you cannot find the cause of the overheating, wait until the engine temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost, carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again, we recommend that you call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
NOTICE · Serious loss of coolant indi-
cates a leak in the cooling system and we recommend the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. · When the engine overheats from low engine coolant, suddenly adding engine coolant may cause cracks in the engine. To prevent damage, add engine coolant slowly in small quantities.
8-8
08
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) (IF EQUIPPED)
OQXI069003
Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.
i Information
If the TPMS indicator does not illuminate for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or engine is running, or if it comes on after blinking for approximately one minute, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
8-9
What to do in an emergency
Low tire pressure telltale
When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicator is illuminated, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
If the telltale illuminates, immediately reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle's placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver's side center pillar outer panel. If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air, replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire.
Then the Low Tire Pressure telltale may flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated after restarting and about 10 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle.
NOTICE
In winter or cold weather, the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure in warm weather. It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area, or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower, you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure.
WARNING
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure makes the vehicle unstable and can contribute to loss of vehicle control and increased braking distances.
Continued driving on low pressure tires can cause the tires to overheat and fail.
8-10
08
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunction indicator
The TPMS malfunction indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System. If the system is able to correctly detect an under inflation warning at the same time as system failure then it will illuminate the TPMS malfunction indicator.
We recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
· The TPMS malfunction indicator may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around electric power supply cables or radios transmitter such as at police stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations, airports, or transmitting towers, etc. This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).
· The TPMS malfunction indicator may illuminate if snow chains or some separately purchased devices such as notebook computers, mobile charger, remote starter, navigation etc. are used in the vehicle. This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).
Changing a tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire Pressure will come on. We recommend that the flat tire be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
We recommend that you use a puncture-repairing agent approved by HYUNDAI.
The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel shall be eleminated when you replace the tire with a new one.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem. You must use TPMS specific wheels. It is recommended that you have your tires serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Even if you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale will blink or remain on until the low pressure tire is repaired and placed on the vehicle.
After you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale may blink or illuminate after a few minutes because the TPMS sensor mounted on the spare wheel is not initiated.
Once the low pressure tire is re-inflated to the recommended pressure and installed on the vehicle or the new TPMS sensor mounted on the wheel, the TPMS malfunction indicator and the low tire pressure and position telltales will turn off within a few minutes of driving.
8-11
What to do in an emergency
If the indicator does not turn off after a few minutes of driving, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
If original mounted tire is replaced with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor on the replaced spare wheel should be initiated and we recommend that the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel be deactivated by a HYUNDAI dealer. If the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel located in the spare tire carrier still activates, the tire pressure monitoring system may not operate properly. We recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
You may not be able to identify a low tire by simply looking at it. Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire's inflation pressure. Please note that a tire that is hot (from being driven) will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold.
A cold tire means the vehicle is in parked position for at least 3 hours or driven less than 1.6 km (1 mile) in that period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure.
NOTICE
We recommend that you use the tire sealant approved by HYUNDAI if your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System. The liquid sealant can damage the tire pressure sensors.
WARNING
TPMS
· The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris.
· If you feel any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator, apply the brakes gradually and with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.
WARNING
Protecting TPMS
Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may interfere with the system's ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle.
8-12
08
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE
WARNING
Changing a tire can be dangerous. Follow the instructions in this section when changing a tire to reduce the risk of serious injury or death.
Removing and storing the spare tire
Jack and tools
OQXI069004
Jack Jack handl Wheel lug nut wrench Towing hook
OQXI069005
Turn the winged hold down bolt counterclockwise to remove the spare tire.
Store the spare tire in the same compartment by turning the winged hold down bolt clockwise.
To prevent the spare tire and tools from "rattling" store them in their proper location.
The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug nut wrench, towing hook are stored in the luggage compartment under the luggage box cover.
The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only.
OQXI069006
If it is hard to loosen the tire holddown wing bolt by hand, you can loosen it easily using the wheel lug nut wrench.
1. Put the wrench (1) inside of the tire hold-down wing bolt.
2. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt counterclockwise with the wrench.
8-13
What to do in an emergency
Changing tires
WARNING
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack causing serious injury or death to you or those nearby. Take the following safety precautions:
· Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
· NEVER attempt to change a tire in the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the vehicle completely off the road on level, firm ground away from traffic before trying to change a tire. If you cannot find a level, firm place off the road, call a towing service for assistance.
· Be sure to use the jack provided with the vehicle.
· ALWAYS place the jack on the designated jacking positions on the vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jacking support.
· Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack.
· Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack.
· Keep children away from the road and the vehicle.
Follow these steps to change your vehicle's tire: 1. Park on a level, firm surface. 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park,
for duel clutch transmission vehicle) or neutral (for manual transmission vehicle), apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. 3. Press the hazard warning flasher button. 4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, jack, jack handle, and spare tire from the vehicle. 5. Block both the front and rear of the tire diagonally opposite of the tire you are changing.
OQXI069007
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each in the order shown above, but do not remove any lug nuts until the tire has been raised off of the ground.
8-14
08
OQXI069008
7. Place the jack at the designated jacking position under the frame closest to the tire you are changing. The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot. Never jack any other position or part of the vehicle.
10. Install the spare tire onto the studs of the hub.
11. Tighten the lug nuts with your fingers onto the studs with the smaller end of the lug nuts closest to the wheel.
12. Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the jack handle counterclockwise.
OQXI069009
8. Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle until the tire clears the ground. Make sure the vehicle is stable on the jack.
9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel lug nut wrench and remove them with your fingers. Remove the wheel from the studs and lay it flat on the ground out of the way. Remove any dirt or debris from the studs, mounting surfaces, and wheel.
OQXI069010
13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to tighten the lug nuts in the order shown. Double-check each lug nut until they are tight. After changing tires, we recommend that an authorized HYUNDAI dealer tighten the lug nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible. The wheel lug nut should be tightened to 11~13 kgf.m (79~94 lbf.ft).
8-15
What to do in an emergency
If you have a tire gauge, check the tire pressure (see "Tires and Wheels" in chapter 8 for tire pressure instructions.). If the pressure is lower or higher than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest service station and adjust it to the recommended pressure. Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap is not replaced, air may leak from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy another and install it as soon as possible. After changing tires, secure the flat tire and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations.
i Information
Check the tire pressure as soon as possible after installing a spare tire. Adjust it to the recommended pressure.
NOTICE
Your vehicle has metric threads on the studs and lug nuts. Make certain during tire changing that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled. If you have to replace your lug nuts make sure they have metric threads to avoid damaging the studs and ensure the wheel is properly secured to the hub. We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
Use of compact spare tires (if equipped) Compact spare tires are designed for emergency use only. Drive carefully on the compact spare tire and always follow the safety precautions.
WARNING
To prevent compact spare tire failure and loss of control possibly resulting in an accident:
· Use the compact spare tire only in an emergency.
· NEVER operate your vehicle over 80 km/h (50 mph).
· Do not exceed the vehicle's maximum load rating or the load carrying capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire.
· Do not use the compact spare tire continuously. Repair or replace the original tire as soon as possible to avoid failure of the compact spare tire.
If any of the equipment such as the jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equipment is damaged or in poor condition, do not attempt to change the tire and call for assistance.
8-16
08
When driving with the compact spare tire mounted to your vehicle:
· Check the tire pressure after installing the compact spare tire. The compact spare tire should be inflated to 420 kPa (60 psi).
· Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the compact spare tire is installed.
· Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle.
· The compact spare tire's tread life is shorter than a regular tire. Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size and design, mounted on the same wheel.
· Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time.
· Do not tow a trailer while the compact spare tire is installed.
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the compact spare tire and your vehicle:
· Drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards, such as a potholes or debris.
· Avoid driving over obstacles. The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 25 mm (1 inch).
· Do not use tire chains on the compact spare tire. Because of the smaller size, a tire chain will not fit properly.
· Do not use the compact spare tire on any other wheels, nor should standard tires, snow tires, wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel.
i Information
When the original tire and wheel are repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle, the lug nut torque must be set correctly to prevent wheel vibration. The correct lug nut tightening torque is 11~13 kgf.m (79~94 lbf.ft).
8-17
What to do in an emergency
Jack label
Example · Type A
· Type B
OHYK065010
The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
OHYK065011
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with duel clutch transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm level ground.
10. Jack manufacture
11. Production date
12. Representative company and address
8-18
EC Declaration of conformity for Jack
08
OIB047200
8-19
What to do in an emergency
TOWING Towing service
Dolly
OQXI069012
Dolly
OQXI069011
If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended.
It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground. If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear.
OQXI069013
OQXI069014
NOTICE · Do not tow the vehicle with 4
wheels on the ground (such as dinghy towing behind a motorhome or other motor vehicle) as this can seriously damage the duel clutch transmission. · Do not tow the vehicle with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle. · Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use a wheel lift or flatbed equipment.
8-20
08
When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies:
1. Place the ignition switch in the ACC position.
2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
Emergency towing
NOTICE Failure to place the shift lever in N (Neutral) when being towed with the front wheels on the ground can cause internal damage to the transmission.
Removable towing hook
OQXI069016
If towing is necessary, we recommend you have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
OQXI069015
1. Open the tailgate, and remove the towing hook from the tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the front bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use.
OQXI069017
If towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook at the front (or rear) of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition.
8-21
What to do in an emergency
Always follow these emergency towing precautions: · Place the ignition switch in the
ACC position so the steering wheel is not locked. · Place the shift lever in N (Neutral). · Release the parking brake. · Depress the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced braking performance. · More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled. · Use a vehicle heavier than your own to tow your vehicle. · The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequently. · Before emergency towing, check that the hook is not broken or damaged. · Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook. · Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and even force.
8-22
OQXI069018
· Use a towing cable or chain less than 5 m (16 feet) long. Attach a white or red cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) in the middle of the cable or chain for easy visibility.
· Drive carefully so the towing cable or chain remains tight during towing.
· Before towing, check the automatic transmission for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If the automatic transmission fluid is leaking, flatbed equipment or a towing dolly must be used.
NOTICE
To avoid damage to your vehicle and vehicle components when towing:
· Always pull straight ahead when using the towing hooks. Do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle.
· Do not use the towing hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power.
· Limit the vehicle speed to 15 km/h (10 mph) and drive less than 1.5 km (1 mile) when towing to avoid serious damage to the automatic transmission.
EMERGENCY COMMODITY
Your vehicle is equipped with emergency commodities to help you respond to emergency situation.
First aid kit Supplies for use in giving first aid such as scissors, bandage and adhesive tape, etc. are provided.
Triangle reflector Place the triangle reflector on the road to warn oncoming vehicles during emergencies, such as when the vehicle is parked by the roadside due to problems.
08
8-23
9. Maintenance
Engine compartment .........................................................................................9-3
Maintenance services ........................................................................................9-5 Owner's responsibility.....................................................................................9-5 Owner maintenance precautions...................................................................9-5 Engine compartment precautions (Diesel engine)....................................... 9-7
Owner maintenance.......................................................................................... 9-8 Owner maintenance schedule ...................................................................... 9-8
Scheduled maintenance service ..................................................................... 9-10 Normal maintenance schedule - petrol engine ........................................... 9-11 Maintenance under severe usage conditions - petrol engine ................... 9-15 Normal maintenance schedule - diesel engine ...........................................9-17 Maintenance under severe usage conditions - diesel engine .................. 9-20
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...............................................9-22
Engine oil...........................................................................................................9-25 Checking the engine oil level (Petrol engiene)............................................9-25 Checking the engine oil level (Diesel engine) .............................................9-26 Changing the engine oil and filter................................................................ 9-27
Engine coolant ..................................................................................................9-28 Checking the coolant level ...........................................................................9-28 Recommended engine coolant....................................................................9-29 Changing the coolant................................................................................... 9-30
Brake/clutch fluid ............................................................................................. 9-31 Checking the brake/clutch fluid level.......................................................... 9-31
9 Washer fluid ......................................................................................................9-32 Checking the washer fluid level .................................................................9-32 Checking the parking brake..........................................................................9-33
Parking brake ....................................................................................................9-33
Fuel Filter (For Diesel) ......................................................................................9-34 Draining water from fuel filter ......................................................................9-34 Extracting air from the fuel filter ..................................................................9-34
Air cleaner .........................................................................................................9-35 Filter replacement .........................................................................................9-35
Climate control air filter .................................................................................. 9-36 Filter inspection............................................................................................ 9-36 Filter replacement ........................................................................................ 9-36
Wiper blades .................................................................................................... 9-38 Blade inspection........................................................................................... 9-38 Blade replacement ....................................................................................... 9-38
Battery .............................................................................................................. 9-40 For best battery service ............................................................................... 9-40 Battery capacity label .................................................................................. 9-42 Battery recharging........................................................................................ 9-42 Reset items ................................................................................................... 9-43 Battery replacement .................................................................................... 9-43
Tires and wheels .............................................................................................. 9-44 Tire care......................................................................................................... 9-44 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures .............................................. 9-44 Checking tire inflation pressure .................................................................. 9-45 Tire rotation .................................................................................................. 9-46 Wheel alignment and tire balance .............................................................9-47 Tire replacement .......................................................................................... 9-48 Wheel replacement ..................................................................................... 9-49 Tire traction................................................................................................... 9-49 Tire maintenance ......................................................................................... 9-50 Tire sidewall labeling.................................................................................... 9-50 Low aspect ratio tire......................................................................................9-53
Fuses ..................................................................................................................9-55 Instrument panel fuse replacement ........................................................... 9-56 Engine compartment panel fuse replacement ...........................................9-57
Light bulbs.........................................................................................................9-73
Headlight, Parking (Position) Light, Turn signal Light,
Low Beam Assist-Static Light, Fog Light and Daytime Running Light
9
bulb replacement ......................................................................................... 9-74 Side repeater lamp replacement..................................................................9-78 Rear combination light bulb replacement ..................................................9-78
High mounted stop light.............................................................................. 9-80
License plate light bulb replacement ......................................................... 9-80
Interior light bulb replacement ................................................................... 9-80
Appearance care.............................................................................................. 9-82 Exterior care.................................................................................................. 9-82 Interior care....................................................................................................9-87
Emission control system .................................................................................. 9-91 Crankcase emission control system ............................................................ 9-91 Evaporative emission control system .......................................................... 9-91 Exhaust emission control system................................................................ 9-92 Gasoline particulate system ........................................................................ 9-94 Diesel particulate system..............................................................................9-95
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Petrol Engine (1.2 MPI)
09
Petrol Engine (1.0 T-GDI)
The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Radiator cap 3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner 5. Engine oil dipstick
OQXI079001/OQXI079100
6. Engine oil filler cap 7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8. Engine room junction block 9. Battery
* : if equipped
7-3
Maintenance
Diesel Engine (1.4/1.5 WDT)
The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Radiator cap 3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner
OQXI079002
5. Engine oil dipstick 6. Engine oil filler cap 7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8. Engine room junction block 9. Battery
9-4
09
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures. Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury.
Owner's responsibility
i Information
Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner's responsibility.
We recommend in general that you have your vehicle serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is provided in your Service Passport.
Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered when your vehicle is covered by warranty.
Owner maintenance precautions
Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This chapter gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform.
i Information
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Service Passport provided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, we recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Maintenance work
· Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous. You can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures. If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work, we recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes even more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing. These can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.
9-5
Maintenance
Therefore, if you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that you remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and all neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fans.
WARNING
Do not leave gloves, rags or any other combustible material in the engine compartment. Doing so may cause a heat-induced fire.
NOTICE
· Do not put heavy objects or apply excessive force on top of the engine cover (if equipped) or fuel related parts.
· When you inspect the fuel system (fuel lines and fuel injection devices), we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Do not drive long time with the engine cover(if equipped) removed.
· When checking the engine room, do not go near fire. Fuel, washer fluid, etc. are flammable oils that may cause fire.
· Before touching the battery, ignition cables and electrical wiring, you should disconnect the battery "-" terminal. You may get an electric shock from the electric current.
· When you remove the interior trim cover with a flat head (-) driver, be careful not to damage the cover.
· Be careful when you replace and clean bulbs to avoid burns or electrical shock.
WARNING
Diesel Engine
Never work on injection system with engine running or within 30 seconds after shutting off engine. High-pressure pump, rail, injectors and high-pressure pipes are subject to high pressure even after the engine stopped. The fuel jet produced by fuel leaks may cause serious injury, if it touches the body. People using pacemakers should not move more than 30cm closer to the ECU or wiring harness within the engine room while engine is running, since the high currents in the electronic engine control system produce considerable magnetic fields.
9-6
Engine compartment precautions (Diesel engine)
· The injector operates at high voltage (maximum 200v). Therefore, the following accidents may occur.
- Direct contact with the injector or injector wiring may cause electric shock or damage your muscle or nerve system.
- The electromagnetic wave from the operating injector may cause the artificial heart pacemaker to malfunction.
· Follow the safety tips provided below, when you are checking the engine room while the engine is running.
- Do not touch the injector, injector wirings, and the engine computer while the engine is running.
- Do not remove the injector connector while the engine is running.
- People using pacemakers must not go near the engine while the engine is starting or running.
09
9-7
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe, dependable operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor, parts and lubricants used.
Owner maintenance schedule
When you stop for fuel: · Check the engine oil level.
· Check the coolant level in coolant reservoir.
· Check the windshield washer fluid level.
· Look for low or under-inflated tires.
· Check the radiator and condenser.
Check if the front of the radiator and condenser are clean and not blocked with leaves, dirt or insects etc.
If any of the above parts are extremely dirty or you are not sure of their condition, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
While operating your vehicle:
· Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
· Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straightahead position.
· Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or "pulls" to one side when traveling on smooth, level road.
· When stopping, listen and check for unusual sounds, pulling to one side, increased brake pedal travel or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.
· If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transmission occurs, check the transmission fluid level.
· Check dual clutch transmission P (Park) function.
· Check the parking brake.
· Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).
WARNING
Be careful when checking your engine coolant level when the engine is hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure. This could cause burns or other serious injury.
9-8
09
At least monthly: · Check the coolant level in the en-
gine coolant reservoir.
· Check the operation of all exterior lights, including the stoplights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers.
· Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare for tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged.
· Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall): · Check the radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or damage.
· Check the windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid.
· Check the headlight alignment.
· Check the muffler, exhaust pipes, shields and clamps.
· Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear and function.
At least once a year: · Clean the body and door drain
holes.
· Lubricate the door hinges and checks, and hood hinges.
· Lubricate the door and hood locks and latches.
· Lubricate the door rubber weatherstrips.
· Check the air conditioning system.
· Inspect and lubricate dual clutch transmission linkage and controls.
· Clean the battery and terminals.
· Check the brake/clutch fluid level.
9-9
Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions. · Repeated driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal tem-
perature or less than 16 km(10 miles) in freezing temperature · Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances · Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads · Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weath-
er · Driving in the condition of inflowing sand or dust into engine · Driving in heavy traffic area · Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly · Towing a trailer or using a camper, or roof rack · Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing · Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h) · Frequently driving in stop-and-go condition If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule. After the periods or distance shown in the chart, continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals.
9-10
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
INTERVALS
Kmsx1,000 1.5
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Months Years
ENGINE BAY
Engine oil & filter *1 *2 *3
Drive belt
Air cleaner filter
Kappa 1.0 T-GDI kappa 1.2 MPI
Battery condition & specific gravity
Spark Plugs *10
Kappa 1.0 T-GDI Kappa 1.2 MPI
Valve clearance *4
Vaccum Hose
Idler / damper pulley/Adj. Bolt
Brake/Clutch fluid
Engine Coolant (topup & specify gravity) *5
Manual Transmission fluid *6 Dual Clutch Transmission fluid*6 (if equipped)
iMT system actuator fluid * 6 (if equipped)
2
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
-
-
-
I
-
-
-
-
I
C
C
R
C
R
C
R
C
R
C
C
C
R
C
C
R
C
C
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Replace at every 70,000 kms
Replace at every 60,000 kms
Inspect at every 90,000 kms or 108 months
-
-
-
I
-
-
I
-
I
Inspect when replacing the drive belt or timing belt/chain
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect at every service; Replace first at 100,000 Km or 60 months ; then at every 40,000 Km or 60 months
-
-
-
-
-
-
I
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I
-
-
-
I
R
I
R
I
R
I
R
I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace
C : Clean and Replace if necessary R : Replace
09
9-11
Maintenance 9-13
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
INTERVALS Kmsx1,000
1.5
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Months Years
2
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
VEHICLE ON FLOOR
Wiper (wiper blade , washer fluid)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake/Clutch (Pedal free play/Pipes/Hoses/ Connectors)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel filler cap
-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Climate control air filter
I
C
R
C
R
C
R
C
R
Check AC system (refrigerant/Compressor)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Cooling system (water pump,hoses) & leakage
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
VEHICLE ON LIFT
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Exhaust system
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel filter*8
-
-
-
-
-
R
-
-
-
Fuel tank air filter
Not Applicable
Front & rear suspension (linkages & ball joints)
-
-
-
-
-
-
I
-
I
I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace R : Replace
C : Clean and Replace if necessary
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
INTERVALS Kmsx1,000
1.5
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Months Years
2
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Tyre Pressure,condition & rotation
-
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
iMT system clutch tube and line
-
Driveshafts & boots
I
Fluid leakages
I
Front and rear wheel bearings & bushes
Parking brake (disc/drum ,shoe & operation)
-
Wheel Alignment & Balancing
-
FINAL CHECKS
Bolt and nuts on chasis and body
I
Lubricate locks & hinges
I
Check all electrical systems (Drive belts ,alternator)*9
I
I,TR
I,TR
I,TR
I,TR
I,TR
I,TR
I,TR
I,TR
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect if reqd.
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Inspect if reqd.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Warning lights operation & GDS system check
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Ext & int. lights, horn & gauges
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace R : Replace
C : Clean and Replace if necessary
TR : Tyre Rotation
L : Lubricate
09
9-14
Maintenance 9-15
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
INTERVALS Kmsx1,000
1.5
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Months Years
2
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Power window / Sunroof operation (if equipped)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
All seat belt operation Road test
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
-
I
-
-
-
-
I
I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace R : Replace
C : Clean and Replace if necessary
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - PETROL ENGINE
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace R:Replace or change
Maintenance item Engine oil and engine oil filter Air cleaner filter
Maintenance operation
R
Maintenance intervals Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months
R
Replace more frequently depending on the condition
Driving condition
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
C, E
Spark plugs
R
Replace more frequently depending on the condition
B, H
Manual transmission fluid (if equipped)
R
Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles)
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Dual clutch transmission fluid (if equipped)
R
Every 120,000 km (80,000miles)
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
I
Inspect more frequently depending on the condition
C, D, E, F, G
09
9-16
Maintenance 9-17
Maintenance item
Front suspension ball joints Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors Drum brakes and linings
Maintenance operation I
I
I
Maintenance intervals Inspect more frequently depending on the condition Inspect more frequently depending on the condition Inspect more frequently depending on the condition
Driving condition C, D, E, F, G C, D, E, G, H C, D, E, G, H
Parking brake
I
Inspect more frequently depending on the condition
C, D, G, H
Driveshaft and boots
I
Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter
R
Replace more frequently depending on the condition
C, E
Severe driving conditions
A : Repeated short distance driving B : Extensive idling C : Driving in dusty, rough roads D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in
very cold weather E : Driving in the condition of inflowing sand or dust into engine
F : Driving in heavy traffic area G : Driving in mountainous areas H : Towing a trailer I : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing J : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE
MAINTENANCE
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
INTERVALS Kmsx1,000
1.5
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Months Years
2
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ENGINE BAY Engine oil & filter *1 *2 *3 Drive belt Air cleaner filter Battery condition & specific gravity Valve clearance*4 Hoses (Vaccum/ EGR / VGT/ WGT) Idler / damper pulley/Adj. Bolt Brake/Clutch fluid
Engine Coolant (topup & specify gravity) *5
Manual Transmission fluid *6 Dual Clutch manual Transmission fluid*6 (if equipped) iMT system actuator fluid *6 (if equipped)
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
-
-
-
I
-
-
-
-
I
-
C
R
C
R
C
R
C
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect at every 90,000 kms or 108 months
-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect when replacing the drive belt or timing belt/chain
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect at every service; Replace first at 100,000 Km or 60 months ; then at every 40,000 Km or 24 months
-
-
-
-
-
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
R
I
R
I
R
I
R
I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace R : Replace
C : Clean and Replace if necessary
09
9-18
Maintenance 9-19
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
INTERVALS Kmsx1,000
1.5
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Months Years
2
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
VEHICLE ON FLOOR
Wiper (wiper blade , washer fluid)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake/Clutch (Pedal free play/Pipes/Hoses/ Connectors)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel filler cap
-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Climate control air filter
I
C
R
C
R
C
R
C
R
Check AC system (refrigerant/Compressor)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Cooling system (water pump,hoses) & leakage
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
VEHICLE ON LIFT
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Exhaust system (leakages & damages)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel filter*8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel tank air filter (If equipped)
-
-
R
-
R
-
R
-
R
Front & rear suspension (linkages & ball joints)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace R : Replace
C : Clean and Replace if necessary
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
INTERVALS Kmsx1,000
1.5
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Months Years
2
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Tyre Pressure,condition & rotation
-
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
I
iMT system clutch tube and line
Driveshafts & boots
I
Fluid leakages
I
Front and rear wheel bearings & bushes
Parking brake (disc/drum ,shoe & operation)
-
Wheel Alignment & Balancing
-
FINAL CHECKS
Bolt and nuts on chasis and body
I
Lubricate locks & hinges
I
Check all electrical systems (Drive belts ,alternator)*9
I
Warning lights operation & GDS system check
I
Ext & int. lights, horn & gauges
I
I,TR
I,TR
I,TR
I,TR
I,TR
I,TR
I,TR
I,TR
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect if reqd.
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Inspect if reqd.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace R : Replace
C : Clean and Replace if necessary
TR : Tyre Rotation
L : Lubraicate
09
9-20
Maintenance 9-21
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE
MAINTENANCE
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
INTERVALS Kmsx1,000
1.5
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Months Years
2
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Power window / Sunroof operation (if equipped) I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
All seat belt operation Road test
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
-
I
-
-
-
-
I
I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace R : Replace
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - DIESEL ENGINE
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace R:Replace or change
Maintenance item Engine oil and engine oil filter Air cleaner filter Manual transmission fluid Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
Maintenance operation
R
Maintenance intervals Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months
Driving condition
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L
R
Replace more frequently depending on the condition
C, E
R
Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles)
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K
I
Inspect more frequently depending on the condition
C, D, E, F, G
Front suspension ball joints
I
Inspect more frequently depending on the condition
C, D, E, F, G
Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors
I
Inspect more frequently depending on the condition
C, D, E, G, H
09
9-22
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Engine oil and filter
The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. If the car is being driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter changes are required.
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections for leakage and damage. We recommend that the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary. Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as necessary.
NOTICE
When you are inspecting the belt, place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF or ACC position.
Fuel filter
A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven, damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting. If an excessive amount of foreign matter accumulates in the fuel tank, the filter may require replacement more frequently.
After installing a new filter, run the engine for several minutes, and check for leaks at the connections.
We recommend that the fuel filter be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Diesel only
Never work on injection system with engine running or within 30 seconds after shutting off engine. High pressure pump, rail, injectors and high pressure pipes are subject to high pressure even after the engine stopped. The fuel jet produced by fuel leaks may cause serious injury, if it touch the body. People using pacemakers should not move than 30cm closer to the ECU or wiring harness within the engine room while engine is running, since the high currents in the Common Rail system produce considerable magnetic fields.
9-22
09
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced.
Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses (if equipped)
Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and/or mechanical damage. Hard and brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources, such as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source, sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat damage or mechanical wear. Inspect all hose connections, such as clamps and couplings, to make sure they are secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage.
Air cleaner filter
We recommend that the air cleaner filter be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Spark plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range.
WARNING
Do not disconnect and inspect spark plugs when the engine is hot. You may burn yourself.
Cooling system
Check cooling system components, such as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Replace any damaged parts.
Coolant
The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.
Manual transmission fluid (if equipped)
Inspect the manual transmission fluid according to the maintenance schedule.
9-23
Maintenance
Dual clutch transmission fluid (if equipped)
Inspect the dual clutch transmission fluid according to the maintenance schedule.
Brake hoses and lines
Visually check for proper installation, chafing, cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Brake/clutch fluid (if equipped)
Check brake/clutch fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir. The level should be between "MIN" (Minimum) and "MAX" (Maximum) marks on the side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake/clutch fluid conforming to DOT 4 specification.
Suspension mounting bolts
Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten to the specified torque.
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and engine off, check for excessive free-play in the steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts.
Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease.
Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system including the parking brake pedal and cables.
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and connectio ns for leakage and damage.
Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear, discs for run out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage.
9-24
09
ENGINE OIL
Checking the engine oil level (Petrol engine)
OQXI079003
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.
2. Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and reinsert it fully.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F (Full) and L (Low).
WARNING
Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you.
CAUTION
· Do not overfill the engine oil. It may damage the engine.
· Do not spill engine oil, when adding or changing engine oil. If you drop the engine oil on the engine room, wipe it off immediately.
· When you wipe the oil level gauge, you should wipe it with a clean cloth. When mixed with debris, it can cause engine damage.
OQXI0790047
If it is near or at L (Low), add enough oil to bring the level to F (Full). Do not overfill. Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components. Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer to "Recommended lubricants and capacities" in chapter 8.)
9-25
Maintenance
Checking the engine oil level (Diesel engine)
OQXI079005
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.
2. Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and reinsert it fully.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level.
6.The level should be in the C range. If the level is in the D range, add enough engine oil to bring the level upto the C range. Do not Overfill.
WARNING
Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you.
CAUTION
· Do not overfill the engine oil. It may damage the engine.
· Do not spill engine oil, when adding or changing engine oil. If you drop the engine oil on the engine room, wipe it off immediately.
· When you wipe the oil level gauge, you should wipe it with a clean cloth. When mixed with debris, it can cause engine damage.
OQXI079004
If it is near or at L (Low), add enough oil to bring the level to F (Full). Do not overfill. Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components. Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer to "Recommended lubricants and capacities" in chapter 8.)
9-26
09
Changing the engine oil and filter
We recommend that the engine oil and filter be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause skin irritation or cancer if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Used engine oil contains chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory animals. Always protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil.
9-27
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory. Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year, at the beginning of the winter season, and before traveling to a colder climate.
NOTICE · Do not drive with no engine cool-
ant. It may cause water pump failure and engine seizure, etc. · When the engine overheats from low engine coolant, suddenly adding engine coolant may cause cracks in the engine. To prevent damage, add engine coolant slowly in small quantities.
Checking the coolant level
WARNING
Removing radiator cap
· Never attempt to remove the radiator cap while the engine is operating or hot. Doing so might lead to cooling system and engine damage and could result in serious personal injury from escaping hot coolant or steam.
· Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down. Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.
· Even if the engine is not operating, do not remove the radiator cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may still blow out under pressure, causing serious injury.
WARNING
The electric motor (cooling fan) is controlled by engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. It may sometimes operate even when the engine is not running. Use extreme caution when working near the blades of the cooling fan so that you are not injured by a rotating fan blades. As the engine coolant temperature decreases, the electric motor will automatically shut off. This is a normal condition.
9-28
09
Petrol Enging - 1.2 MPI - 1.0 T-GDI
Diesel Engine
OQXI079006
The coolant level should be filled between F (Full) and L (Low) marked on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough distilled (deionized) water.
Bring the level to F (Full), but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OQXI079057
Recommended engine coolant
· Use only soft (distilled) water in the coolant mixture.
· The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene-glycol-based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing.
· DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
· Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution.
OQXI079007
Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses.
For mixture percentage, refer to the following table.
Mixture Percentage
Ambient
(volume)
Temperature Antifreeze Water
-15°C (5°F)
35
65
-25°C (-13°F)
40
60
-35°C (-31°F)
50
50
-45°C (-49°F)
60
40
9-29
Maintenance
Petrol Enging - 1.2 MPI
- 1.0 T-GDI
Diesel Engine
Changing the coolant
We recommend that the coolant be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OQXI079008
NOTICE
Put a thick cloth or fabric around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as the alternator.
OQXI079057
WARNING
Coolant
· Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
· Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim.
WARNING
Radiator cap
OQXI079009
Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine and radiator are hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure causing serious injury.
9-30
09
BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID
Checking the brake/clutch fluid level
Petrol Enging - 1.2 MPI
Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake/clutch fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake/clutch fluid contamination. If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX (Maximum) level. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings and/or clutch disc (if equipped).
- 1.0 T-GDI
OQXI079010
If the fluid level is excessively low, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Use only the specified brake/clutch fluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricants or capacities" in chapter 8.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
Diesel Engine
OQXI079058
WARNING
Loss of brake fluid
In the event the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OQXI079011
Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically. The fluid level should be between MAX (Maximum) and MIN (Minimum) marks on the side of the reservoir.
i Information
Before removing the brake/clutch filter cap, read the warning on the cap.
WARNING
Clean filler cap before removing. Use only DOT4 brake/clutch fluid from a sealed container.
9-31
Maintenance
WARNING
Brake/clutch fluid
When changing and adding brake/ clutch fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it come in contact with your eyes. If brake/clutch fluid come in contact with your eyes, immediately flush them with a large quantity of fresh tap water. Have your eyes examined by a doctor as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Do not allow brake/clutch fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as paint damage will result.
Brake/clutch fluid, which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be properly disposed. Don't put in the wrong kind of fluid. A few drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake/clutch system can damage brake/clutch system parts.
WASHER FLUID
Checking the washer fluid level
OQXI079012
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
9-32
09
WARNING
Coolant
· Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
· Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to the paint and body trim.
· Windshield washer fluid agents contain some amounts of alcohol and can be flammable under certain circumstances. Do not allow sparks or flame come in contact with the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir. Damage to the vehicle or occupants could occur.
· Windshield washer fluid is poisonous to humans and animals. Do not drink and avoid coming in contact with the windshield washer fluid. Serious injury or death could occur.
PARKING BRAKE
Checking the parking brake
OQXI059005
Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of "clicks'' heard while fully applying it from the released position. Also, the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the stroke is more or less than specified, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Stroke : 6~8 "clicks'' at a force of 20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N).
9-33
Maintenance
)8(/),/7(5)25',(6(/
Draining water from fuel filter
The fuel filter for diesel engine plays an important role of separating water from fuel and accumulating the water in its bottom. If water accumulates in the fuel filter, the warning light comes on when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
If this warning light turned on, we recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
If the water accumulated in the fuel filter is not drained at proper times, damages to the major parts such as the fuel system can be caused by water permeation in the fuel filter.
Extracting air from the fuel filter
1. Pump up and down(1) approximately 50 times until the pump is hard.
2. Extract air from the fuel filter by removing the bolt(2) with a cross-tip screw driver and reinstall the bolt(2).
3. Pump up and down(1) approximately 15 times.
4. Extract air from the fuel filter by removing the bolt(2) with a cross-tip screw driver and reinstall the bolt(2).
5. Pump up and down(1) approximately 5 times.
i Information
· Use cloths when you extract air so that the fuel is not sprayed around.
· Clean the fuel around the fuel filter or the injection pump before starting the engine to prevent fire.
· Finally, check each part if the fuel is leaking.
OQXI079013
If you drive until you have no fuel left or if you replace the fuel filter, be sure to extract air from the fuel system as it makes it difficult to start the engine.
9-34
09
AIR CLEANER
Filter replacement
Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the element more often than the usual recommended intervals. (Refer to "Maintenance under severe usage conditions" in this chapter.)
OQXI079014
You can clean the filter when inspecting the air cleaner element. Clean the filter by using compressed air.
1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching clips and open the cover.
NOTICE
· Do not drive with the filter removed; this will result in excessive engine wear.
· When replacing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result.
Keep the new filter clean of any contamination while replacing.
· We recommend that you use parts for replacement from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
Don't clean the used filter. It can cause contaminations on the clean side of filter to result in engine wear or sensors' failure.
OQXI079015
2. Remove the used filter and wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing carefully not to remain dusts in the cover housing.
3. Place new filter with clean hands and ensure the rubber gasket is not taken off.
4. Lock the cover with attaching clips.
9-35
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
Filter inspection
If the vehicle is operated in the severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and cleaned earlier. When you, the owner, clean the climate control air filter, clean it performing the following procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components.
Replace the filter according to the maintenance Schedule.
Filter replacement
OQXI079016
2. Push in both sides of the glove box as shown. This will ensure that the glove box stopper pins will get released from its holding location allowing the glove box to hang.
Petrol engine
1. Open the glove box.
OQXI049054
Diesel Engine
OQXI079017
9-36
OQXI079018
3. Remove the climate control air filter cover by pushing or pressing the clip (1) on left side.
ODH073012
4. Clean the climate control air filter. 5. Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.
NOTICE Install a new climate control air filter in the correct direction with the arrow symbol () facing downwards. Otherwise, the climate control effects may decrease, possibly with a noise.
09
9-37
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
Blade inspection
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement.
1JBA5122
i Information
Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean.
NOTICE To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.
NOTICE The use of a non-specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure.
Front windshield wiper blade
Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse thoroughly with clean water.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do not use petrol, kerosene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them.
OLMB073020
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip.
NOTICE Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield.
9-38
09
Rear window wiper blade (if equipped)
OLMB073021
OLMB073023
1. Raise the wiper arm and rotate the wiper blade assembly (1).
2. Pull out the wiper blade assembly.
OLMB073022
2. Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward.
3. Lift it off the arm. 4. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
OLMB073024
3. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place.
4. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, we recommend that the wiper blade be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
9-39
Maintenance
BATTERY
For best battery service
i Information - For batteries
marked with UPPER and
LOWER
OQXI079019
· Keep the battery securely mounted.
· Keep the battery top clean and dry.
· Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
· Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda.
· If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended disconnect the negative terminal cable of the battery to prevent discharge.
OHYK077011
If your vehicle is equipped with a battery marked with LOWER (MIN) and UPPER (MAX) on the side, you should check the electrolyte level.
The electrolyte level should be between LOWER (MIN) and UPPER (MAX). When the electrolyte level is low, add distilled (or de-mineralized) water. (Never add sulfuric acids or other electrolyte).
Be careful not to spill distilled (or de-mineralized) water over the battery surface or other adjacent components.
Also, do not overfill the battery cells.
If not, it may corrode the battery or other components. Finally, securely close the cell cap. However, we recommend you to contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for better battery service.
9-40
WARNING
Battery dangers
Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery.
Keep lighted cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery.
Hydrogen, a highly combustible gas, is always present in battery cells and may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID. Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin, eyes, clothing or paint finish.
09
If any electrolyte gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If electrolyte gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the contacted area. If you feel a pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery. Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space.
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose the battery according to your local law(s) or regulation.
The battery contains lead. Do not dispose of it after use. Please return the battery to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to be recycled.
9-41
Maintenance
· When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak, resulting in personal injury. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.
· Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected.
· The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. Never touch these components with the engine running or the ignition switched on.
Failure to follow the above warnings can result in serious bodily injury or death.
NOTICE
If you connect unauthorized electronic devices to the battery, the battery may be discharged. Never use unauthorized devices.
Battery capacity label
Example
OQXI079052
The actual battery label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. CMF60L : The HYUNDAI model name of battery
2. 12V : The nominal voltage 3. 60Ah(20HR) : The nominal capaci-
ty (in Ampere hours) 4. RC 92min : The nominal reserve
capacity (in min.) 5. CCA 550A : The cold-test current
in amperes by SAE 6. 550A : The cold-test current in am-
peres by EN
Battery recharging
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free, calcium-based battery.
· If the battery becomes discharged in a short time (because, for example, the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use), recharge it by slow charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
· If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.
9-42
09
WARNING
Recharging battery
When recharging the battery, observe the following precautions:
· The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation.
· Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or flame near the battery.
· Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin gassing (boiling) violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).
· Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging.
· Disconnect the battery charger in the following order.
1. Turn off the battery charger main switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal.
Reset items
Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected. · Auto up/down window
(See chapter 3) · Climate control system
(See chapter 3) · Audio (See chapter 3)
Battery replacement
Replacing a Battery required precautionary measures. We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
· Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories and stop the engine.
· The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected.
9-43
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS
Tire care
For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle.
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures
All tire pressures (including the spare) should be checked when the tires are cold. "Cold Tires" means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than 1.6 km (one mile).
Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, top vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pressure, refer to "Tire and wheels" in chapter 8.
WARNING
Tire underinflation
Severe underinflation (70 kPa (10 psi) or more) can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that can result in the loss of vehicle control leading to severe injury or death. This risk is much higher on hot days and when driving for long periods at high speeds.
NOTICE
· Underinflation also results in excessive wear, poor handling and reduced fuel economy. Wheel deformation also is possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a tire frequently needs refilling, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Overinflation produces a harsh ride, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.
OQXI079020
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label attached to the vehicle.
NOTICE
· Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be underinflated.
· Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.
9-44
09
WARNING
Tire Inflation
Overinflation or underinflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure. This could result in loss of vehicle control and potential injury.
NOTICE
Tire pressure
Always observe the following:
· Check tire pressure when the tires are cold. (After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn't been driven more than 1.6 km (one mile) since startup.)
· Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pressure of other tires.
· Never overload your vehicle. Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one.
· Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If your tread is badly worn, or if your tires have been damaged, replace them.
Checking tire inflation pressure
Check your tires once a month or more.
Also, check the tire pressure of the spare tire.
How to check
Use a good quality gage to check tire pressure. You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they're underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure when the tires are cold. - "Cold" means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1.6 km (1 mile).
Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is low, add air until you reach the recommended amount.
If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve. Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage. Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.
9-45
Maintenance
WARNING
· Inspect your tires frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage. Always use a tire pressure gauge.
· Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading to accidents, injuries, and even death. The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar.
· Worn tires can cause accidents. Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged.
· Remember to check the pressure of your spare tire. HYUNDAI recommends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle.
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is recommended that the tires be rotated every 10,000 km (6,200 miles) or sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire. Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions. Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness.
Refer to "Tire and wheels" in chapter 10.
9-46
09
With a full-size spare tire (if equipped)
Without a spare tire
CBGQ0706
Directional tires (if equipped)
CBGQ0707
WARNING
· Do not use the compact spare tire for tire rotation.
· Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that could result in death, severe injury, or property damage.
Wheel alignment and tire balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment may need to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced.
CBGQ0707A
Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated.
NOTICE
Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.
i Information
Rotate radial tires that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left.
9-47
Maintenance
Tire replacement
Tread wear indicator
OEN076053
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. This shows there is less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when this happens. Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replacing the tire.
NOTICE When replacing the tires, recheck and tighten the wheel nuts after driving about 1,000 km (620miles). If the steering wheel shakes or the vehicle vibrates while driving, the tire is out of balance. Align the tire balance. If the problem is not solved, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Replacing tires
· To reduce the chance or serious or fatal injuries from an accident caused by tire failure or loss of vehicle control:
· Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, and traction.
· Do not drive your vehicle with too little or too much pressure in your tires. This can lead to uneven wear and tire failure.
· When replacing tires, never mix radial and bias-ply tires on the same car. You must replace all tires (including the spare) if moving from radial to bias-ply tires.
· It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that is not possible, or necessary, then replace the two front or two rear tires as a pair. Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle's handling.
· Using tires and wheel other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics and poor vehicle control, resulting in a serious accident.
9-48
09
· Wheels that do not meet HYUNDAI's specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control.
· The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels. Tire size can affect wheel speed. When replacing tires, all 4 tires must use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) and ESC (Electronic Stability Control) to work irregularly. (if equipped)
Compact spare tire replacement (if equipped)
A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire. Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire. The replaced compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel. The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel, and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed to mount a regular size tire.
Wheel replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for any reason, make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter, rim width and offset.
WARNING
A wheel that is not the correct size may adversely affect wheel and bearing life, braking and stopping abilities, handling characteristics, ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, snow chain clearance, speedometer and odometer calibration, headlight aim and bumper height.
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires, tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces. Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear. Slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road, to reduce the possibility of losing control of the vehicle.
9-49
Maintenance
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps decrease tire wear. If you find a tire worn unevenly, have your dealer check the wheel alignment. When you have new tires installed, make sure they are balanced. This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel.
Tire sidewall labeling
1
5,6 7
4
2 3
1
I030B04JM
This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall.
1. Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown.
2. Tire size designation A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire size designation. You will need this information when selecting replacement tires for your car. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your vehicle.)
P195/65R15 91H
P - Applicable vehicle type (tires marked with the prefix "P'' are intended for use on passenger cars or light trucks; however, not all tires have this marking).
195 - Tire width in millimeters.
65 - Aspect ratio. The tire's chapter height as a percentage of its width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
15 - Rim diameter in inches.
91 - Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry.
H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this chapter for additional information.
9-50
09
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designation mean.
Example wheel size designation: 6.0JX15
6.0 - Rim width in inches. J - Rim contour designation. 15 - Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being used for passenger car tires. The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire. This symbol corresponds to that tire's designed maximum safe operating speed.
Speed Rating Symbol S
T
Maximum Speed 180 km/h (112 mph) 190 km/h (118 mph)
H
210 km/h (130 mph)
V
240 km/h (149 mph)
W
270 km/h (168 mph)
Y
300 km/h (186 mph)
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire Identification Number)
Any tires that are over 6 years old, based on the manufacturing date, (including the spare tire) should be replaced by new ones. You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall (possibly on the inside of the wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a plant code number, tire size and tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1620 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2020.
WARNING
Tire age
Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining tread, it is recommended that tires generally be replaced after six (6) years of normal service. Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. Failure to follow this warning could cause sudden tire failure, which could lead to a loss of control and an accident involving serious injury or death.
9-51
Maintenance
4. Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others. The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.
5. Maximum permissible inflation pressure
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure. Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure.
6. Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum chapter width.
For example:
TREAD wear 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tread wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the side-walls of passenger vehicle tires. The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade.
9-52
09
Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
WARNING
Tire temperature
The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and sudden tire failure. This can cause loss of vehicle control and serious injury or death.
Low aspect ratio tire (if equipped)
Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect ratio is lower than 50, are provided for sporty looks.
Because the low aspect ratio tires are optimized for handling and braking, it may be more uncomfortable to ride in and there is more noise compare with normal tires.
9-53
Maintenance
NOTICE
Because the sidewall of the low aspect ratio tire is shorter than the normal, the wheel and tire of the low aspect ratio tire is easier to be damaged. So, follow the instructions below.
- When driving on a rough road or off road, drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged. And after driving, inspect tires and wheels.
- When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not damaged.
- If the tire is impacted, we recommend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- To prevent damage to the tire, inspect the tire condition and pressure every 3,000km.
NOTICE
· It is not easy to recognize the tire damage with your own eyes. But if there is the slightest hint of tire damage, even though you cannot see the tire damage with your own eyes, have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause air leakage from the tire.
· If the tire is damaged by driving on a rough road, off road, pothole, manhole, or curb stone, it will not be covered by the warranty.
· You can find out the tire information on the tire sidewall.
9-54
09
FUSES
Blade type
Normal Slow Blow type
Normal Multi fuse
Blown Blown
Blown
Normal
OTA070039
A vehicle's electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses. This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one located in the driver's side panel bolster, the other in the engine compartment near the battery. If any of your vehicle's lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has blown, the element inside the fuse will be melted. If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver's side fuse panel. Before replacing a blown fuse, disconnect the negative battery cable.
Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating. If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Three kinds of fuses are used: blade type for lower amperage rating, slow blow type and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings.
WARNING
Fuse replacement · Never replace a fuse with any-
thing but another fuse of the same rating. · A higher capacity fuse could cause damage and possibly a fire. · Never install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the proper fuse even as a temporary repair. It may cause extensive wiring damage and a possible fire.
NOTICE
Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system.
i Information
The actual fuse/relay panel label may differ from equipped items.
9-55
Maintenance
NOTICE
· When replacing a blown fuse or relay with a new one, make sure the new fuse or relay fits tightly into the clips. The incomplete fastening fuse or relay may cause the vehicle wiring and electric systems damage and a possible fire.
· Do not remove fuses, relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts. The fuses, relays and terminals may be fastened incompletely, and it may cause a possible fire. If fuses, relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts are blown, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Do not input any other objects except fuses or relays into fuse/ relay terminals such as a driver or wiring. It may cause contact failure and system malfunction.
· Check the blown fuse with the fuse information on the fuse box cover.
· Replace the blown fuse on the same place after turning off the ignition switch and all electric switches and disconnecting the negative battery cable.
Instrument panel fuse replacement
OQXI079021
1. Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
OQXI079022
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the fuse puller provided in the engine compartment fuse panel.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.
9-56
09
If it fits loosely, we recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If you do not have a spare, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the cigarette lighter fuse.
If the electrical components do not work and the fuses are OK, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced.
Memory fuse
i Information
· If the memory fuse is pulled up from the fuse panel, the warning chime, audio, clock and interior lamps, etc., will not operate. Some items must be reset after replacement. Refer to "Battery" in this chapter.
· Even though the memory fuse is pulled up, the battery can still be discharged by operation of the headlights or other electrical devices.
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement
OQXI079023
Your vehicle is equipped with the memory fuse to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged periods. Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods.
1. Turn off the engine. 2. Turn off the headlights and tail
lights. 3. Open the driver's side panel cover
and pull up the memory fuse.
OQXI079024
1. Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover by pressing the tab and pulling up the cover.
3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, we recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
9-57
Maintenance
NOTICE After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely install the fuse panel cover. If not, electrical failures may occur from water leaking in.
Main fuse (Multi fuse)
CAUTION
If the main fuse is not assembled properly, it may cause fire.
If the main fuse is blown, we recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OQXI079024
OQXI079025
If the main fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: 1. Disconnect the negative battery
cable. 2. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
ture above. 3. Replace the fuse with a new one of
the same rating. 4. Reinstall in the reverse order of re-
moval.
9-58
09
Fuse/relay panel description Inner fuse panel
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label
OQXI079026
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.
OQXI079028
9-59
Maintenance
Driver's side fuse panel
Fuse Name
POWER OUTLET1 INTERIOR
LAMP
Symbol
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
20A Front Power Outlet, Cigarette Lighter
10A Luggage Lamp, MAP Lamp, Room Lamp
HTD MIRR
10A ECM, A/C Control Module
P/WDW LH
25A Power Window Main Switch
SENSOR2 POWER OUTLET2 IBU1
MULTIMEDIA SAFETY WINDOW
P/WDW RH
TCU2
FRONT FOG LAMP
BRAKE SWITCH MEMORY
START
FOLDING MIRROR
10A Fuel Filter Warning Sensor
20A Rear Power Outlet
15A IBU
20A
[With ISG] Low DC-DC Converter [W/O ISG] Audio, A/V & Navigation
25A Driver Safety Power Window Module
25A Power Window Main Switch
[G3LC] ATM Shift Lever, [G3LC/G4LA] Stop Lamp Switch, 15A A/T : [G3LC] TCM, Transmission Range Switch M/T : E/R Junction Block (Fuse - F20),
Vehicle Speed Sensor
15A Front Fog Lamp Relay
10A IBU, Stop Lamp Switch
10A A/C Control Module, Instrument Cluster
PCB Block, Transmission Range Switch, ECM, 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, Ignition Lock & Clutch
Switch
10A Power Outside Mirror Switch
9-60
09
Driver's side fuse panel
Fuse Name
Symbol
Fuse rating
SPARE
7.5A SPARE
Circuit Protected
SPARE
10A SPARE
A/BAG
10A SRS Control Module
DOOR LOCK
20A Tail Gate Unlock Relay, Door Lock/Unlock Relay
ECU6
10A ECM, [D4FC - With ISG] E/R Junction Block (RLY.13)
DRL
10A DRL Relay
MODULE5
10A Data Link Connector
TURN LAMP
15A IBU
MODULE1
10A IBU, Crash Pad Switch
SUNROOF
15A Sunroof Motor
MODULE2
7.5A Crash Pad Switch, Electro Chromic Mirror
SPARE
10A -
WIPER RR
15A Multifunction Switch (Wiper), Rear Wiper Motor
SPARE
15A
A/BAG IND
7.5A Instrument Cluster
IBU2 ABS3 FRT WIPER
IBU 10A IBU
7.5A
E/R Junction Block (Multipurpose Check Connector), ABS/ESP Control Module
20A Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper)
9-61
Maintenance
Driver's side fuse panel
Fuse Name A/CON2
Symbol
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
7.5A
E/R Junction Block (RLY.3), A/C Control Module, Cluster Ionizer
SPARE
15A -
CLUSTER ACC
MDPS2
10A Instrument Cluster
Power Outside Mirror Switch, IBU, 10A USB Charging Connector, Low DC-DC Converter,
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit
7.5A MDPS Unit
MODULE4
10A IBU
MODULE3
7.5A IBU
SPARE
20A -
A/CON3
7.5A Blower Motor, A/C Control Module, ECM
9-62
Engine compartment fuse panel
09
Petrol Engine
OQXI079024
Diesel Engine
OQXI079049/OQXI070050
9-63
Maintenance
Engine compartment main fuse panel (1.0 T-GDI)
Relay NO.
Symbol
Fuse Name
RLY.1
E178
Main Relay
RLY.2
E179
Horn Relay
RLY.3
E180
Blower Relay
RLY.4
E181
Fuel Pump Relay
RLY.5
E182
Burglar Alarm Horn Relay
RLY.7
E184
Head Lamp (LOW) Relay
RLY.9
E186
Head Lamp (HIGH) Relay
RLY.11
E188
A/CON Relay
RLY.13
E190
Start Relay
RLY.14
E198
Cooling Fan Relay
Type MINI
MICRO
9-64
09
Engine compartment main fuse panel (1.0 T-GDI)
Fuse Name
Symbol
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
ALT
150A Alternator, Multi Fuse - F2, Fuse - F22/F23/F24/F25
MDPS1
80A MDPS Unit
WIPER SENSOR1
ECU2 H/LP RH
10A Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper)
10A
Sub Junction Block (RLY.14), RCV Control Solenoid Valve, Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)
15A
Oil Control Valve #1/#2 (Intake/Exhaust), ECM, Purge Control Solenoid Valve
10A Not Used
H/LP LH
10A Not Used
H/LP IND
10A Not Used
ECU5
15A ECM
ECU4
15A ECM
IGN COIL
20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3
B/UP LP
10A Back-Up Lamp Switch
INJECTOR
15A ECM, E/R Junction Block (RLY.4)
ABS1
40A ABS/ESP Control Module
ABS2
40A ABS/ESP Control Module
BLOWER
40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.3)
RR DEFOG BATT4
40A ICU Junction Block (Rear Defogger Relay)
50A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - F8/F13/F14/F25/F26/F27/ Leak Current Autocut Device)
9-65
Maintenance
Engine compartment main fuse panel (1.0 T-GDI)
Fuse Name
Symbol
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
C/FAN
60A Sub Junction Block (RLY.14)
E/R Junction Block (RLY.13),
IG2
40A [With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG2 Relay)
[W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch
BATT2
30A ICU Junction Block (IPS 1(5CH), IPS 3(2CH))
DCT1
40A TCM
DCT2
40A TCM
BATT1
IG1 POWER OUTLET A/CON1
30A ICU Junction Block (IPS 2(5CH), IPS 4(4CH))
30A
[With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG1/ACC Relay) [W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch
40A ICU Junction Block (Power Outlet Relay)
10A E/R Junction Block (RLY.11)
DCT3
20A TCM
H/LP LOW
20A Not Used
H/LP HIGH
20A Not Used
FUEL PUMP1
20A E/R Junction Block (RLY.4)
HORN
15A E/R Junction Block (RLY.2/RLY.5)
ECU1 BATT3
30A E/R Junction Block (RLY.1, Fuse - F17/F18)
40A
ICU Junction Block (Power Window Relay, Fuse - F10/F17/F23/F29)
9-66
09
Engine compartment main fuse panel (1.2 MPI)
Relay NO.
Symbol
Fuse Name
RLY.1
E278
Main Relay
RLY.2
E279
Horn Relay
RLY.3
E280
Blower Relay
RLY.4
E281
Fuel Pump Relay
RLY.5
E282
Burglar Alarm Horn Relay
RLY.7
E284
Head Lamp (LOW) Relay
RLY.9
E286
Head Lamp (HIGH) Relay
RLY.10
E287
Cooling Fan Relay #2
RLY.11
E288
A/CON Relay
RLY.12
E289
Cooling Fan Relay #1
RLY.13
E290
Start Relay
Type MINI
MICRO
9-67
Maintenance
Engine compartment main fuse panel (1.2 MPI)
Fuse Name
Symbol
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
ALT
125A Alternator, Multi Fuse - F2, Fuse - F22/F23/F24/F25
MDPS1 WIPER SENSOR1 ECU2
80A MDPS Unit
10A
Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper), ECM
E/R Junction Block (RLY.10/11/12), Purge Control
10A Solenoid Valve, Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down), Oil Control Valve #1/#2 (Intake/Exhaust)
15A ECM
H/LP RH
10A Not Used
H/LP LH
10A Not Used
H/LP IND
10A Not Used
IGN COIL
20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4, Condenser
B/UP LP INJECTOR
ABS1
10A Back-Up Lamp Switch
15A
ECM, E/R Junction Block (RLY.4), Injector #1/#2/#3/#4
40A ABS/ESP Control Module
ABS2
40A ABS/ESP Control Module
BLOWER
40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.3)
RR DEFOG BATT4 C/FAN
40A ICU Junction Block (Rear Defogger Relay)
50A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - F8/F13/F14/F25/F26/F27/ Leak Current Autocut Device)
40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.10/12)
9-68
09
Engine compartment main fuse panel (1.2 MPI)
Fuse Name IG2
Symbol
Fuse rating
40A
Circuit Protected
E/R Junction Block (RLY.13), [With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG2 Relay) [W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch
BATT2
30A ICU Junction Block (IPS 1(5CH), IPS 3(2CH))
BATT1
IG1 POWER OUTLET A/CON1
30A ICU Junction Block (IPS 2(5CH), IPS 4(4CH))
30A
[With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG1/ACC Relay) [W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch
40A ICU Junction Block (Power Outlet Relay)
10A E/R Junction Block (RLY.11)
H/LP LOW
20A Not Used
H/LP HIGH
20A Not Used
FUEL PUMP1
20A E/R Junction Block (RLY.4)
HORN
15A E/R Junction Block (RLY.2/RLY.5)
ECU3
15A ECM
ECU1 BATT3
30A E/R Junction Block (RLY.1)
40A
ICU Junction Block (Power Window Relay, Fuse - F10/F17/F23/F29
9-69
Maintenance
Engine compartment main fuse panel (1.4 WGT)
Relay NO.
Symbol
Fuse Name
RLY.1
E378
Main Relay
RLY.2
E379
Horn Relay
RLY.3
E380
Blower Relay
RLY.5
E382
Burglar Alarm Horn Relay
RLY.7
E384
Head Lamp (LOW) Relay
RLY.9
E386
Head Lamp (HIGH) Relay
RLY.10
E387
Cooling Fan Relay #2
RLY.11
E388
A/CON Relay
RLY.12
E389
Cooling Fan Relay #1
RLY.13
E390
Start Relay
RLY.14
E398
Glow Relay
Type MINI
MICRO
9-70
09
Engine compartment main fuse panel (1.4 WGT)
Fuse Name
Symbol
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
ALT
150A Alternator, Multi Fuse - F2, Fuse - F22/F23/F24/F25
MDPS1
80A MDPS Unit
GLOW WIPER SENSOR1 ECU4 H/LP RH
80A Sub Junction Block (RLY.14)
10A
Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper), ECM
10A
E/R Junction Block (RLY.10/11/12), Stop Lamp Switch
E/R Junction Block (RLY.14), ECM, 15A Mass Air Flow Sensor, Camshaft Position Sensor,
WGR Control Solenoid Valve
10A Not Used
H/LP LH
10A Not Used
H/LP IND
10A Not Used
ECU2
20A ECM
B/UP LP
10A Back-Up Lamp Switch
ECU3
15A Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve
ABS1
40A ABS/ESP Control Module
ABS2
40A ABS/ESP Control Module
BLOWER
40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.3)
RR DEFOG
40A ICU Junction Block (Rear Defogger Relay)
9-71
Maintenance
Engine compartment main fuse panel (1.4 WGT)
Fuse Name BATT4
Symbol
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
50A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - F8/F13/F14/F25/F26/F27/ Leak Current Autocut Device)
C/FAN
60A Sub Junction Block (RLY.14)
E/R Junction Block (RLY.13),
IG2
40A [With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG2 Relay)
[W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch
BATT2
30A ICU Junction Block (IPS 1(5CH), IPS 3(2CH))
BATT1
IG1 POWER OUTLET A/CON1
30A ICU Junction Block (IPS 2(5CH), IPS 4(4CH))
30A
[With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG1/ACC Relay) [W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch
40A ICU Junction Block (Power Outlet Relay)
10A E/R Junction Block (RLY.11)
H/LP LOW
20A Not Used
H/LP HIGH
20A Not Used
HORN
15A E/R Junction Block (RLY.2/RLY.5)
AMS
10A Battery Sensor
ECU1 BATT3
30A E/R Junction Block (RLY.1, Fuse - F17/F18)
40A
ICU Junction Block (Power Window Relay, Fuse - F10/F17/F23/F29)
9-72
09
LIGHT BULBS
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb. This is especially true for removing the headlight assembly to get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlight assembly can result in damage to the vehicle.
i Information
After heavy driving, rain or washing headlight and taillight lenses could appear frosty. This condition is caused by the temperature difference between the lamp inside and outside. This is similar to the condensation on your windows inside your vehicle during the rain and doesn't indicate a problem with your vehicle. If the water leaks into the lamp bulb circuitry, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Prior to replacing a light, depress the foot brake, move the shift lever into the P (Park, for Dual clutch transmission vehicle) or neutral (for Manual transmission vehicle), apply the parking brake, place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position, and take the key with you when leaving the vehicle to avoid sudden movement of the vehicle and to prevent possible electric shock.
Be aware the bulbs may be hot and may burn your fingers.
Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb with one of the same wattage rating. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system.
9-73
Maintenance
Headlight, Parking (Position) Light, Turn signal Light, Low Beam Assist-Static Light, Fog Light and Daytime Running Light bulb replacement
5 Door · Type A
5 Door · Type B
OQXI079029
(1) Headlight (Low/High) *1 (2) Parking (Position) Light (3) Front Turn signal Light (4) Front Fog Light (if equipped)
OQXI079030
(1) Headlight (Low/High) *2 (2) Low Beam Assist-Static Light (3) Front Turn Signal Light (4) Position Light/
Daytime Running Light (DRL) (5) Front Fog Light (if equipped)
*2 : Bi-Function Projection Headlight
*1 : MFR (Multi Focus Reflector) Headlight
9-74
09
Headlight (Low/High)
MFR (Multi Focus Reflector) Headlight
OLMB073042L
WARNING
Halogen bulbs · Halogen bulbs contain pressur-
ized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass if broken. · Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlight. · If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it. · Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it.
i Information
· If the headlight aiming adjustment is necessary after the headlight assembly is reinstalled, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· The Fog Light aiming adjustment can be done by removing UNDER COVER. Consult an authorised HYUNDAI dealer.
Bi-Function Projection Headlight
OQXI079031
OQXI079032
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the headlight bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise.
3. Disconnect the headlight bulb socket-connector.
4. Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining wire by depressing the end and pushing it upward.
5. Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly.
6. Install a new headlight bulb and snap the headlight bulb retaining wire into position by aligning the wire with the groove on the bulb.
7. Connect the headlight bulb socket connector.
8. Install the headlight bulb cover by turning it clockwise.
9-75
Maintenance
i Information
- Bi-Function projection headlight
This headlight is bi-function type that switches the low beam to high or the high beam to low using solenoid system. So, the moving sound may be heard when the headlight switches the low beam to high or the high beam to low and it does not indicate malfunction of the headlight.
Turn signal light
OQXI079033
1. Open the hood. 2. Remove the socket from the as-
sembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. 4. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 5. Install the turn signal light bulb cover by turning it clockwise.
Low Beam Assist-Static Light (if equipped)
Low beam assist-static light
OQXI079032
1. Open the hood. 2. Remove the Low Beam As-
sist-Static Light bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise. 3. Disconnect the Low Beam Assist-Static Light bulb socket-connector. 4. Unsnap the Low Beam Assist-Static Light bulb retaining wire by depressing the end and pushing it upward. 5. Remove the bulb from the head light assembly. 6. Install a new Low Beam Assist-Static Light bulb and snap the Low Beam Assist-Static Light bulb retaining wire into position by aligning the wire with the groove on the bulb. 7. Connect the Low Beam Assist-Static Light bulb socket connector. 8. Install the Low Beam Assist-Static Light bulb cover by turning it clockwise.
9-76
09
Parking (Position) light 1. Remove the socket from the as-
sembly by pulling it straight out. 2. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pulling it out. 3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket. 4. Install the socket in the assembly
by pushing it in.
Front fog light (if equipped)
5. Install the new bulb-socket into the housing by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the housing. Push the socket into the housing and turn the socket clockwise.
6. Connect the power connector to the socket.
7. Reinstall the front bumper under cover.
Position light/Daytime running light (if equipped) Your vehicle is equipped with LED lamps. LED lamps do not have replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp does not operate, we recommend that the vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OQXI079034
1. Remove the under cover by rotating the screws and bolts.
2. Reach your hand into the back of the front bumper.
3. Disconnect the power connector from the socket.
4. Remove the bulb-socket from the housing by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the housing.
9-77
Maintenance
Side repeater lamp replacement (if equipped)
Type A
Rear combination light bulb replacement
Type A (Standard)
Type B
OHCR076032
Type B (LED)
OQXI079035
OQXI049074
[Type A] 1. Remove the light assembly from
the vehicle by prying the lens and pulling the assembly out.
2. Reinstall a new light assembly to the body of the vehicle.
(1) Tail Light (2) Tail and Stop Light (3) Rear Turn Signal Light (4) Back Up Light
OQXI079036
[Type B]
If the LED lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
9-78
Type A (Standard) Tail and Stop Light
09
OQXI079037
Turn Signal Light Type B (LED)
OQXI079039
OQXI079038
1. Open the tailgate
2. Loosen the light assembly retaining screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
3. Remove the rear combination light assembly from the body of the vehicle.
Turn Signal Light
OQXI079040
4. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.
5. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.
7. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.
8. Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle.
9-79
Maintenance
High mounted stop light
4. Insert a new bulb in the socket. 5. Reassemble the socket and the
housing part. 6. Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
Interior light bulb replacement
Map lamp
OQXI079041
If the light does not operate, we recommend that the vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
License plate light bulb replacement
Room lamp
OQXI079045
OQXI079042
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, remove the light assembly from the body of the vehicle by prying the housing and pulling the assembly out.
2. Separate the socket and the lens part by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the lens part.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
Luggage room lamp
OQXI079043
OQXI079044
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens from the interior light housing.
9-80
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens tabs with the interior
light housing notches and snap the lens into place.
NOTICE Be careful not to dirty or damage lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
09
9-81
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care
Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label.
High-pressure washing · When using high-pressure wash-
ers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive pressure can lead to component damage or water penetration.
· Do not spray the camera, sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally.
· Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or plastic covers) or connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with high pressure water.
Finish maintenance
Washing To help protect your vehicle's finish from rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle's finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, may be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
NOTICE
· Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm.
· Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle.
Especially, with high-pressure water, water may leak through the windows and wet the interior.
· To prevent damage to the plastic parts and lamps, do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents.
WARNING
Wet brakes
After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
9-82
09
OQXI079046
NOTICE
· Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment.
· Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
Matte paint finish vehicle
(if equipped)
Automatic car wash which uses rotating brushes should not be used as this can damage the surface of your vehicle. A steam cleaner which ashes the vehicle surface at high temperature may result the oil to adhere and leave stains that is difficult to remove. Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfiber towel or sponge) when washing your vehicle and dry with a microfiber towel. When you hand wash our vehicle, you should not use a cleaner that finishes with wax. If the vehicle surface is too dirty (sand, dirt, dust, contaminant, etc.), clean the surface with water before washing the car.
Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste wax, and follow the manufacturer's instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
9-83
Maintenance
NOTICE
· Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish.
· Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plated or anodized aluminum parts. This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration.
Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense.
i Information
If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
· To remove road tar and insects, use a tar remover, not a scraper or other sharp object.
· To protect the surfaces of bright-metal parts from corrosion, apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
· During winter weather or in coastal areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody. If these materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on the underbody parts such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaust system, even though they have been treated with rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month, after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of the doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rusting.
9-84
09
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish.
· Do not use any abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or wire brushes on aluminum wheels. They may scratch or damage the finish.
· Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
· Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads. This helps prevent corrosion.
· Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.
· Do not use any alkaline or acid detergent. It may damage and corrode the aluminum wheels coated with a clear protective finish.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion, we produce vehicles of the highest quality. However, this is only part of the job. To achieve the longterm corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver, the owner's cooperation and assistance is also required.
Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are:
· Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle.
· Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion.
High-corrosion areas If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollution.
9-85
Maintenance
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur. For example, corrosion is accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just above freezing. In such conditions, the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle's surface by moisture that slowly evaporates.
Mud is particularly corrosive because it dries slowly and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle. Although the mud appears to be dry, it can still retain moisture and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from getting started by observing the following:
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials. Attention to the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
· If you live in a high-corrosion area -- where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.--, you should take extra care to prevent corrosion. In winter, hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over.
· When cleaning underneath the vehicle, give particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials.
· When cleaning lower door panels, rocker panels and frame members, be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
9-86
09
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Interior care
Interior general precautions
Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration. If they do contact the interior parts, wipe them off immediately. See the instructions that follow for the proper way to clean vinyl.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended.
Bird droppings : Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours. Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible.
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting and cause corrosion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up, flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried.
NOTICE
Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/ electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
NOTICE
When cleaning leather products (steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions. If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid/ alkaline detergents, the color of the leather may fade or the surface may get stripped off.
9-87
Maintenance
Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim
Vinyl (if equipped) Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.
Fabric (if equipped) Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention, the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained.
Leather (if equipped)
· Feature of Seat Leather
- Leather is made from the outer skin of an animal, which goes through a special process to be available for use. Since it is a natural object, each part differs in thickness or density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature and humidity.
- The seat is made of stretchable fabric to improve comfort.
- The parts contacting the body are curved and the side supporting area is high which provides driving comfort and stability.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally from usage. It is not a fault of the products.
NOTICE
Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric's appearance and fire-resistant properties.
CAUTION
· Wrinkles or abrasions which appear naturally from usage are not covered by warranty.
· Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside the back pocket may damage the seat fabric.
· Make sure not to wet the seat. It may change the nature of natural leather.
· Jeans or clothes which could bleach may contaminate the surface of the seat covering fabric.
9-88
09
· Caring for the leather seats
- Vacuum the seat periodically to remove dust and sand on the seat. It will prevent abrasion or damage of the leather and maintain its quality.
- Wipe the natural leather seat cover often with dry or soft cloth.
- Use of proper leather protective may prevent abrasion of the cover and helps maintain the color. Be sure to read the instructions and consult a specialist when using leather coating or protective agent.
- Light colored (beige, cream beige) leather is easily contaminated and the stain is noticeable. Clean the seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may cause the surface to crack.
· Cleaning the leather seats
- Remove all contaminations instantly. Refer to instructions below for removal of each contaminant.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and wipe the contaminate spot. Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth and remove water with a dry cloth.
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
Apply a small amount of neutral detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear.
- Oil
Remove oil instantly with absorbable cloth and wipe with stain remover used only for natural leather.
- Chewing gum
Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually.
9-89
Maintenance
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt webbing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken it. Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container.
NOTICE Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid.
9-90
09
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty. Please see the warranty information contained in the Service Passport in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all emission regulations.
There are three emission control systems which are as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems, it is recommended that you have your car inspected and maintained by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual.
1. Crankcase emission control system
The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow-by gases being emitted from the crankcase. This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases, which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative emission control system
The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmosphere.
Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister. When the engine is running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV) The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM); when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine. After the engine warms up during ordinary driving, the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine.
9-91
Maintenance
3. Exhaust emission control system
The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance.
Vehicle modifications
· This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty.
· If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.
Engine exhaust gas precautions (carbon monoxide) · Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicle, have it inspected and repaired immediately. If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle, drive it only with all the windows fully open. Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately.
WARNING
Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide (CO). Though colorless and odorless, it is dangerous and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
· Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as garages) any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area.
· When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running, adjust the ventilation system (as needed) to draw outside air into the vehicle.
· Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running.
· When the engine stalls or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system.
9-92
09
Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped)
WARNING
Fire
· A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under your vehicle. Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.
· The exhaust system and catalytic system are very hot while the engine is running or immediately after the engine is turned off. Keep away from the exhaust system and catalytic, you may get burned. Also, do not remove the heat sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of the vehicle or do not coat the vehicle for corrosion control. It may present a fire risk under certain conditions.
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device.
Therefore, the following precautions must be observed:
· Use only UNLEADED FUEL for Petrol engine.
· Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance.
· Do not misuse or abuse the engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off.
· Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more).
· Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle. Additionally, such actions could void your warranties.
9-93
Maintenance
Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF) (if equipped)
The Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF) system removes the soot in the exhaust gas.
The GPF system automatically burns (or oxidizes) the accumulated soot in accordance with driving situations, unlike a disposable air filter.
In other words, the accumulated soot is automatically purged out by the engine control system and by the high exhaust-gas temperature at normal/ high driving speeds.
However, when the vehicle is continually driven at repeated short distances or driven at low speed for a long time, the accumulated soot may not be automatically removed because of low exhaust gas temperature. In this case, the accumulated soot may reach a certain amount regardless of the soot oxidization process, then the GPF lamp will illuminate.
The Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF) Lamp stops illuminating, when the driving speed exceeds 80 km/h (50 mph) with engine rpm 1,500 ~ 4,000 and the gear in the 3rd position or above for approximately 30 minutes.
When the GPF lamp starts to blink or the waning message "Check exhaust system" pops up even though the vehicle was driven as mentioned above, we recommend that you have the GPF system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
With the GPF lamp blinking for an extended period of time, it may damage the GPF system and lower the fuel economy.
CAUTION
Gasoline Fuel (if equipped with GPF)
We recommend you to use only the regulated gasoline fuels, when your vehicle is equipped with the GPF system.
When you use other gasoline fuels which contain unspecified additives, they may damage the GPF system and cause exhaust emission problems.
9-94
09
Diesel particulate filter (DPF) (if equipped)
The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) system removes the soot in the exhaust gas.
The DPF system automatically burns (or oxidizes) the accumulated soot in accordance with driving situations, unlike a disposable air filter.
In other words, the accumulated soot is automatically purged out by the engine control system and by the high exhaust-gas temperature at normal/ high driving speeds.
However, when the vehicle is continually driven at repeated short distances or driven at low speed for a long time, the accumulated soot may not be automatically removed because of low exhaust gas temperature.
In this case, the accumulated soot is out of the detection range, the soot oxidization process does not occur, and the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Lamp ( ) Illuminates.
The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Lamp stops illuminating, when the driving speed exceeds 60 km/h (37 mph), or when the engine rpm is between 1,500 and 2,500 with the gear in the 2nd position or above for approximately 25 minutes.
When the DPF Lamp continuously blinks or the warning message "Check exhaust system" illuminates in the above cases, we recommend that you have the DPF system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
When the vehicle is continuously driven with the DPF Lamp flashing for an extended period of time, it may damage the DPF system and lower the fuel economy.
CAUTION
Diesel Fuel (if equipped with DPF) We recommend you to use only the regulated diesel fuels, when your vehicle is equipped with the DPF system. When you use other diesel fuels, which are high in sulfurs (above 50 ppm) or that contain unspecified additives, they may damage the DPF system and cause white smoke emissions. Lean NOx Trap (if equipped) The Lean NOx Trap (LNT) system removes the nitrogen oxide from the exhaust gas. A smell can occur in the exhaust gas depending on the quality of the fuel, and it can degrade NOx reduction performance. Please use the regulated automotive diesel fuel
9-95
Maintenance
Self Regeneration Mode
LCD Type
If the warning message "Self Regeneration" is stored in inspection message tap, it is operable in LCD warning message page.
WARNING
· Make sure the vehicle parked on safety zone (to avoid the flammables like grass and traffic accident)
· Check remained fuel above 1/5 of full level fuel gauge to prevent fuel overheat
· Open the hood to prevent engine room overheat
· Self regeneration should be done only when DPF indicator illuminates
OSU2I089042
· If the warning message "Diesel filter regeneration required, See owner's manual." appears on the LCD display, Self Regeneration is required.
9-96
09
To initiate Self Regeneration 1. Engage parking brake and shift le-
ver at P state. 2. Turn on the engine 3. Warm up the engine and check en-
gine temperature gauge at the middle position 4. Turn on the air conditioner and set the blower to the maximum. 5. Turn on the high beam. 6. Operate the rear defog function. 7. Hold the OK button on the LCD warning message page.
OSU2I089039
8. Turn off and turn on the engine again.
OSU2I089037
Not Operating Condition
Under below condition, Diesel Catalyst regeneration process may be interrupted. (Engine RPM drops to idle state)
- Engine overheat or insufficient warm-up
- Shift lever change to D or R state
- Acceleration pedal is pressed - Movement of Vehicle (Vehicle
speed over 0)
9-97
Maintenance
Service Check
If the DPF indicator change from illuminates to blink or Engine Check Lamp(MIL) illuminates with DPF indicator in spite of the procedure, please visit an authorized Hyundai dealer and then check the Diesel Catalyst and engine system including oil level inspection.
Please note that the vehicle acceleration is limited to protect engine system when DPF indicator blinks or Engine Check Lamp(MIL) illuminates.
OSU2I089041
Self Regeneration Mode Fail The regeneration operation could be canceled if the driver press the OK button firmly while operating the self regeneration process.
OSU2I089040
Operationg Self Regeneration Mode If the self regeneration mode starts, the message "Filter regenerationg..." and the remaining time appears. It takes around 30~60 minutes.
9-98
09
OSU2I089042
If the system still needs the self regeneration process after cancelling the operation, the warning message appears. (Diesel filter regeneration required.)
If the driver press the OK button firmly, it can restart the self regeneration mode again. (The Self regeneration conditions should be satisfied.)
OSU2I089041
The self regeneration process stops if any of the self regeneration conditions is cancelled. If the self regeneration process is cancelled automatically, the system maintains "Self-regeneration stopped" message.
If the driver press the OK button firmly, it can restart the self regeneration mode again. (Self regeneration conditions should be satisfied.)
9-99
Maintenance
Segment Type
Regeneration The self regeneration procedure is conducted as follows. 1) Repeat key position at LOCK (or
ACC) ON state 5 times (within 30 seconds) 2) Start engine 3) Monitor engine state : Within 20 seconds, engine RPM rise to about 2000 and it continues for 30~60 minutes. After the end of regeneration, engine RPM drop to idle automatically. 4) Stop the engine (Key Off), wait for 20 seconds and restart the engine 5) Check malfunction indicator turn out
CAUTION
Under below condition, Diesel Catalyst regeneration process may be interrupted. (Engine RPM drops to idle state)
- Engine overheat or insufficient warm-up
- Shift lever change to D or R state
- Acceleration pedal is pressed - Movement of Vehicle (Vehicle
speed over 0)
WARNING
If vehicle doesn't enter regeneration mode or if regeneration mode is interrupted, stop the engine (Key Off), wait for 20 seconds and retry the self regeneration procedure.
WARNING
Self regeneration should be done only when DPF indicator illuminates. Frequent regeneration may cause engine oil dilution and shortening of Diesel Catalyst durability.
Service Check If the DPF indicator change from illuminates to blink or Engine Check Lamp(MIL) illuminates with DPF indicator in spite of the procedure, please visit an authorized Hyundai dealer and then check the Diesel Catalyst and engine system including oil level inspection. Please note that the vehicle acceleration is limited to protect engine system when DPF indicator blinks or Engine Check Lamp(MIL) illuminates.
9-100
10. Specifications & Consumer information
Dimensions........................................................................................................ 10-2 Engine................................................................................................................. 10-2 Bulb wattage...................................................................................................... 10-3 Tires and wheels................................................................................................10-4 Recommended lubricants and capacities....................................................... 10-5
Recommended SAE viscosity number.........................................................10-6 Vehicle identification number (VIN)..................................................................10-7 Vehicle certification label...................................................................................10-7 Tire specification and pressure label...............................................................10-8 Engine number..................................................................................................10-8 Air conditioner compressor label.....................................................................10-9
10
Specifications & Consumer information
DIMENSIONS
Overall length Overall width Overall height Front tread Rear tread Wheelbase
Item
With roof rack Without roof rack 195/65R15 (6.0J) 215/60R16 (6.5J) 195/65R15 (6.0J) 215/60R16 (6.5J)
mm (in) 3,995 (157.3) 1,770 (69.7) 1,590 (62.6) 1,617 (63.6) 1,554 (61.2) 1,544 (60.8) 1,568 (61.7) 1,558 (61.3) 2,500 (98.4)
ENGINE
Item
Petrol Engine
1.0 T-GDI
1.2 MPI
Displacement
998
cc
1,197
Bore x Stroke
mm
71 x 84
71 x 75.6
Firing order
1-3-4-2
1-3-4-2
No. of cylinders
4
4
Diesel Engine
1.4 WGT
1.5 WGT
1,396
1,493
75 x 79
1-3-4-2 4
75 X 84.5
1-3-4-2 4
10-2
10
BULB WATTAGE
Light Bulb
Bulb type Wattage
Front
Headlight (High/Low) Position Light Low Beam Assist-Static Light
Type A Type B Type A Type B Type B
H19L HB3 W5W LED H7
60/55 60 5 LED 55
Turn signal Light Fog Light *
PY21W
21
HB4
51
Daytime Running Light (DRL) * Side Repeater Light (Outside Mirror)
LED
LED
WY5W or LED 5 or LED
Rear
Tail Light Tail and Stop Light Turn Signal Light
LED
LED
Type A
P21/5W
21/5
Type B
LED
LED
PY21W
21
Back Up Light High Mounted Stop Lamp *
W16W
16
W5W
5
License Plate Lamps Map Lamps
W5W
5
WEDGE
10
Interior
Room Lamp Luggage Room Lamp *
WEDGE
8
FESTOON
5
* : If equipped
10-3
Specifications & Consumer information
TIRES AND WHEELS
Inflation pressure (psi)
Item Tire size Wheel size Normal load *1 Maximum load
195/65R15 *2 Full size tire 215/60/R16
6.0JX15 6.5JX16
Front 230 (33)
230 (33)
Rear 230 (33)
230 (33)
Front 250 (36)
250 (36)
Rear 260 (38)
260 (38)
Wheel lug nut torque
kgf·m (lbf·ft, N·m)
11~13 (79~94, 107~127)
*1 : Normal load : Up to 2 persons *2 : If you use a 195/65R15 spare tire, you should inject the pressure of 260kPa (38psi).
NOTICE
Keep the transmitter away from water or any liquid.
· It is permissible to add 20 kPa (3 psi) to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon. Tires typically lose 7 kPa (1 psi) for every 7°C (12°F) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
· An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level (Air inflation per altitude: +10 kPa/1 km (+2.4 psi/1 mile).
· Must do not exceed maximum inflation pressure shown on equipped tire sidewall.
· Spare tire is intended for emergency purpose only.
· Only steel wheel is provided with the vehicle as a spare wheel.
· Spare tire make can be from any tire manuafacturer i.e. Bridgestone/ MRF/Apollo.
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.
10-4
10
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant
Engine oil *1 *2 *5 (drain and refill)
1.2 MPI Petrol engine 1.0
T-GDI
Volume 3.6 l 3.6 l
Classification API SN *3 ACEA C2
1.4 Diesel WDT engine 1.5
WDT
Petrol 1.2 MPI
Manual transmis- engine 1.0
sion fluid
T-GDI
Diesel engine
Dual clutch transmission fluid
Petrol
engine
Intelligent Manual Petrol 1.0 transmission fluid engine T-GDI
Coolant
Petrol 1.2 MPI engine 1.0
T-GDI 1.4 Diesel WDT engine 1.5 WDT
Brake/Clutch fluid
Fuel
5.3 l
4.8 l 1.3 ~ 1.4 l 1.5 ~ 1.6 l 1.7 ~ 1.8 l
1.8~1.9 l
0.082 L 5.1 l 5.3 l 6.4 l 6.3 l
0.7~0.8 l 45 l
ACEA C2 or C3 (DPF *4)
ACEA C2 or C3 or C5 (DPF *4)
API Service GL-4, SAE 70W (HYUNDAI genuine transmis-
sion fluid) SAE 70W/TGO10, (HYUHDAI genuine transmis-
sion fluid) SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV
MIXTURE, Antifreeze with water (Ethylene glycol base coolant for
aluminum radiator)
SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV -
*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 1.
*2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year's time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3 : If the recommended engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API SL/ / ILSAC GF-3 or ACEA A3.
*4 : Diesel Particulate Filter
*5 : We recommend that you use the engine oils approved by HYUNDAI Motor India Ltd.
We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details
10-5
Specifications & Consumer information
Recommended SAE viscosity number
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather.
Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
°C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100
20W-50
1.2 MPI *1
15W-40 10W-30
Petrol Engine Oil
OW-20, 5W-30, 5W-40 20W-50
1.0 T-GDI
15W-40 10W-30
0W-30, 5W-30, 5W-40
50 120
1.4 WDT
Diesel Engine Oil
1.5 WDT
15W-40 10W-30 5W-30 0W-30
10W-30/40 5W-30/40 0W-30 0W-20
*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 0W-20 (API SN). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
10-6
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
10
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL (IF EQUIPPED)
OIB084003
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor under the front right seat. To check the number, pull out the slit part of carpet.
OIB074059
The vehicle certification label attached on the driver's (or front passenger's) side center pillar gives the vehicle identification number (VIN).
10-7
Specifications & Consumer information
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL
ENGINE NUMBER
Petrol engine
OIB074055
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your car.
Diesel Engine
OIB084001
OIB084002
The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.
10-8
AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR LABEL
OHC081001
A compressor label informs you the type of compressor your vehicle is equipped with such as model, supplier part number, production number, refrigerant (1) and refrigerant oil (2).
10
10-9
Adobe Acrobat Pro DC 20.12.20043 Adobe Acrobat Pro DC 20.12.20043